Feedback


7026-M80 IBM RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised:  April 12, 2011.

Table of contents
TOC Link Product Life Cycle Dates TOC Link Technical Description
TOC Link Abstract TOC Link Publications
TOC Link Highlights TOC Link Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange
TOC Link Description TOC Link Accessories
TOC Link Product Positioning TOC Link Machine Elements
TOC Link Model TOC Link Supplies

 
Product Life Cycle Dates
Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
7026-M80 2000/05/092000/06/09 2002/01/31 -

Back to topBack to top
 
Abstract

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM eServer pSeries and IBM RS/6000 product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and Web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model Abstract 7026-M80

The IBM RS/6000* Model M80 is a mid-range member of the 64-bit family of symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) enterprise servers from IBM. Positioned between the Model H80 and the powerful Model S80, the M80 provides the power, capacity, and expandability required for e-business mission-critical computing. The M80 can assist you in managing the evolution of your business to incorporate the power of the Web and 64-bit computing into your environment while still supporting existing 32-bit applications.
Back to topBack to top
 

Highlights

See Model Highlights.

Model Highlights 7026-M80

The Model M80 delivers a cost-efficient growth path to the future through such attributes as:

  • 64-bit system scalability providing 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-way configurations with combinations of the following processor options:
    • 2-way 500 MHz RS64 III with 4 MB L2 cache per processor
    • 4-way 500 MHz RS64 III with 4 MB L2 cache per processor

  • Expandability and reliability:
    • System memory expandable from 1 GB to 32 GB
    • Rack-mounted CEC and I/O drawers; CEC Drawer utilizes 8U (EIA Units) rack-space; I/O drawers utilize 5U rack space each
    • Up to four I/O drawers per server
    • Each I/O drawer supports 14 hot-plug PCI bus slots

  • Support for SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel attached storage systems

  • NEBS Level 3 compliant for the telecommunications carrier grade environment

  • Support for 32-bit and 64-bit applications

  • AIX Version 4.3.3 license included

Back to topBack to top
 
Description

The M80 delivers a cost-efficient growth path to the future. It provides 64-bit scalability via the 64-bit RS64 III processor packaged as 2-way and 4-way cards. With its two processor positions, the M80 can be configured into 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-way SMP configurations. The M80 also incorporates an I/O subsystem supporting 32-bit and 64-bit standard PCI adapters. The M80 has 2-and 4-way processor cards that operate at 500 MHz and incorporate 4 MB of L2 cache per processor.

The M80 is packaged as a rack-mounted Central Electronics Complex (CEC) drawer, cable attached to rack-mounted Remote I/O (RIO) drawers. The CEC and I/O drawers offer redundant power and redundant cooling. The CEC drawer incorporates the system processors, memory, and supporting systems logic. The primary (first) I/O drawer features:

  • 14 available hot-plug PCI slots
  • System support (service) processor
  • An optical storage device capable of reading CD-ROM discs
  • Diskette drive
  • One additional media bay
  • Integrated SCSI
  • Ethernet port
  • Keyboard port
  • Mouse port
  • Four serial ports and one parallel port

Up to three secondary I/O drawers can be added to provide up to a total of 56 PCI slots and eight media bays. System storage is provided via remotely attached SCSI, SSA, or Fibre Channel storage subsystems.

A fully configured M80 system would include:

  • Two 4-way SMP card with 4 MB L2 cache per processor
  • 32 GB of system memory
  • 56 available hot-plug PCI slots
  • 7 available media bays

The M80 CEC and I/O drawers are mounted in the IBM 7014 rack. Additional space in the 7014 rack may be utilized for various storage and communications subsystems.

The RS/6000 Enterprise Server M80 is shipped and delivered with all internal adapters and devices already installed and configured. AIX Version 4.3.3 software is included with every M80 and can be preinstalled.

The Model M80 provides outstanding performance and supports the evolution of your enterprise to Web integration and 64-bit computing. Its outstanding benefits include:

  • Excellent commercial performance in 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-way enterprise servers using the RS64 III microprocessor technology.

  • Excellent reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) providing:
    • Error checking and correcting (ECC) system memory and cache
    • I/O link failure recovery
    • Environmental sensing
    • N+1 Power
    • N+1 Cooling units
    • Service processor for integrated system monitoring
    • Concurrent diagnostics

  • Preconfigured tailored solutions that take advantage of the rack packaging to custom tailor your solution. Choose from multiple SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel attached:
    • Storage
    • Media
    • Communication

  • Open industry standards, such as Open Firmware based on IEEE P1275 standard.

  • Processor and memory growth. The minimum configuration 2-way processor can be increased to a 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way SMP. Memory can be expanded up to 32 GB in 1 GB, 2 GB, or 4 GB increments.

  • Industry-standard hot-plug PCI slots can be expanded up to 56 total. These hot-plug slots allow most PCI adapters to be removed, added, or replaced without powering down the system. This function enhances system availability and serviceability.

  • System power supplies are available in AC or DC and support the full 8-way SMP systems with 32 GB of memory. Redundant power supplies are incorporated in the M80 minimum configuration.

  • Industry recognized AIX operating system license included with each system. New performance enhancements and a Workload Management feature are included with the latest release.

  • Internal I/O system scalability and expandability that supports:
    • Up to four system I/O drawers with up to 56 PCI slots
    • Up to eight media bays for optical storage devices (a CD-ROM readable device) and tape devices

  • Primary I/O drawer features:
    • Two integrated SCSI controllers (F/W and Ultra2)
    • An Ethernet 10/100 controller
    • Four serial ports
    • One parallel port
    • Keyboard and mouse ports

    These are standard on the system and are made available without utilizing any of the expansion slots provided.

  • Robust industry-standard PCI subsystem supporting 32-bit and 64-bit adapters. Greater application throughput is achieved via independent PCI buses for each of the 14 PCI slots in the I/O drawer. This design provides up to 1 GB per second aggregate bandwidth per drawer, depending on system configuration. The M80's independent PCI busses also are designed to enhance reliability by isolating adapters from other adapters within the drawer.

  • A high-performance ECC L2 cache of 4 MB per processor on the 2-way and 4-way processor cards is provided.

  • RAID support is available for SCSI and SSA. The operating system provides RAID 0 and 1. The optional SCSI and SSA RAID adapters provide RAID level 0, 1, and 5.

  • NEBS Compliant: This product meets the requirements associated with the Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Level 3 standards (GR63, GR1089) and is ideally suited for telecommunications, wireless, and other applications that require installation in harsh conditions. For the telecommunications industry, a redundant 48V DC power option is available.

RAS Features and Functions

Excellent quality and reliability are inherent in all facets of RS/6000 products. The measures taken help the products to perform reliably, efficiently handle infrequent failures in a nondisruptive fashion, and provide timely and competent repair to allow resumption of operations with minimal inconvenience. Reliability begins with the development of architectures, where RAS innovations are of paramount importance. It flows through design and product development stages, where RAS designs are reviewed, assessed, developed, evaluated, and optimized. It continues through the manufacturing and release processes, where the manufacturing quality is extensively measured and evaluated. It culminates in service and support, where:

  • Reliability is consistently monitored for deviation from the criteria.
  • Warranty and maintenance have high priority.
  • Significant customer problems are assigned to and addressed by an expert team.

RS/6000 system processes, from the architectural and concept phases of development through the provision of service and support, are ISO certified and audited periodically for ISO compliance by representatives of Underwriters Laboratories.

Reliability -- Fault Avoidance

Major effort has been spent on the development of the Model M80 system to analyze single points-of-failure within the Central Electronic Complex (CEC) (comprised of the processors, memory, and the I/O interface) and to either eliminate them or to provide hardening capabilities to significantly reduce the probability of failure. The best way to harden a system is to prevent errors from occurring. Components within the CEC were selected to provide "server" levels of reliability. These components provide the highest levels of reliability available within IBM and undergo additional stress testing and screening. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems again go through a thorough testing process to increase the product quality level.

Also included is extensive error detecting and checking circuitry that recognizes and corrects automatically or properly reports infrequent component failures for isolation and repair, thus preserving the integrity of data stored and transported in the system. Hardware and software failures are recorded in the AIX log facility and analyzed by error log analysis (ELA) routines to provide information to the system administrator on the causes of system problems. This also enables IBM service representatives to bring along needed replacement hardware components when a service call is placed, thus minimizing system repair time.

DASD predictive failure analysis gives you the ability to detect an imminent disk failure and report the findings through the AIX log. Then the disk can be replaced either immediately or at a later scheduled time, depending on the configuration of the DASD subsystem. With the RAID controller and the DASD hot-plug design, normal operation can continue in the presence of a failed disk and a concurrent repair often can be performed while the application continues uninterrupted.

Availability -- Backup and Replication

The Model M80 brings new levels of availability features and functions to the Enterprise Server. The N+1 power subsystem provides redundancy in case of power supply failure. Hot-plugged power supplies in the CEC and I/O drawers allow concurrent repair. Optional uninterruptible power supply (UPS) systems are supported for this system.

The M80's CEC and I/O drawer cooling subsystems have N+1 fans, which can be replaced concurrently.

The M80's redundant power system is implemented with independent line cords for each power supply in the CEC and I/O drawers.

Constant power monitoring hardware assists in detection of early loss of source power and notifies the operating system to effect an orderly shutdown. This same power monitoring hardware is designed to detect the loss of redundant power supplies, regulators, fans, and blowers and reports them to the operating system for logging in the system error log and for notification for deferred maintenance.

The M80's enhanced service processor is functional in standby mode and does not require a functional system for operation. This function provides enhanced RAS by not requiring AIX to be operational for interfacing with a remote system administrator or Service Director for RS/6000.

The Model M80 uses AIX online (concurrent) diagnostics with error log analysis and service aids, which allow administrators or IBM service representatives to diagnose many potential system malfunctions without interrupting end-user operation.

Auto-restart options, when enabled, are designed to reboot the system automatically following:

  • Unrecoverable software error
  • Software hang
  • Hardware failure
  • Environmentally-induced (AC power) failure

These standard, high-availability features coupled with the optional High Availability Cluster Multi-Processing (HACMP) program provide unmatched availability in the UNIX marketplace.

Serviceability -- Correcting Faults

The Model M80 product is designed to be installed and maintained by a trained service representative. Functions such as power-on and power- off, reading the service processor error logs and POST error logs, reading vital product data (VPD), and accessing NVRAM can be performed remotely. You can also enable console mirroring to monitor remote activity. Flash updates for firmware can be performed on the system. Firmware updates are available from an RS/6000 support page on the Internet and can be downloaded and installed on the system.

Service Director

Service Director for RS/6000 is shipped with every Model M80 system. There is no additional charge for its use as long as your RS/6000 processor is covered by an IBM Warranty or IBM Maintenance Service Agreement. Service Director requires a modem in order to dial for service. The Service Director for RS/6000:

  • Monitors and analyzes system errors, and if needed, can place a service call to IBM automatically

  • Reduces the effect of business disruptions due to unplanned system outages and failures

  • Performs problem analysis on a subset of hardware-related problems and, with customer authorization, reports automatically the results to IBM Service

Service Support

Hardware service requests go to IBM's remote support center for initial problem diagnosis. This approach gives you direct access to skilled specialists. These specialists can either solve the problem over the phone or help get it resolved as quickly as possible. They are backed up by a highly-trained product engineering team to assist in problem identification and resolution.

Other Functions

The Model M80 takes advantage of several new I/O adapters, including a dual-port, Ultra2 SCSI adapter and a 40 MBps SSA adapter.

The POWER GXT130P single-card graphics adapter attaches via the PCI bus. It provides a low-cost, entry-performance, 2D graphics offering with resolutions up to 1280 x 1024. The GXT130P can support multisync monitors with at least a 64 KHz horizontal scan capability or DDC-2B-compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38 KHz horizontal scan capability.

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 7026 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |M| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |8| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |0|
        | |
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|-----------------------------------------
0001    |S| After-market (MES) Order Indicator
0503    |N| HA50 SSA Adapter Option, Factory Only
0505    |N|   RS64 III,  4-Way SMP, HA Solution, Factory Only
0508    |N|   RS64 III,  6-Way SMP, HA Solution, Factory Only
0509    |S|   RS64 III,  4-Way SMP, HA Solution, Factory Only
0700    |S| HA Solution Indicator
0702    |S| Advanced Cluster Solution Indicator
0986    |A| CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
2111    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit SE External Device Cable
2112    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit Differential Ext Device
        | |      Cable
2113    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter To Single Port 8-Bit SE External Device
        | |      Cable
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2115    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit SE External Device Cable
2116    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit Differential Ext Device
        | |      Cable
2117    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-bit SE External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2424    |S| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fibre Converter Cable
2494    |S| PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter
2498    |S| PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
2619    |S| 20X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
2623    |S| 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)
2624    |S| 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
2708    |S| Eicon ISDN DIVA PRO 2.0 PCI S/T Adapter
2709    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1 RJ48 Cable
2710    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port E1 RJ48 Cable
2732    |N| IBM Short-wave Serial HIPPI PCI Adapter for RS/6000
2733    |N| IBM Long-wave Serial HIPPI PCI Adapter for RS/6000
2741    |S| SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP SAS PCI
2742    |S| SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS PCI
2743    |S| SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI
2751    |S| S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter
2830    |S| POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator
2838    |N| POWER GXT120P Graphics Adapter - PCI
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2862    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port RS-449 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2865    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-530 Cable
2871    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 3M 4-Port Cable
2872    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 15M Extension Cable
2873    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 3M 4-Port
        | |      Cable
2874    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 7.5M
        | |      Extension Cable
2875    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Grounded,
        | |      1.8M 4-Port Cable
2876    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Ungrounded,
        | |      1.8M 4-Port  Cable
2877    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2900    |S| 4.5GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit Disk Drive
2908    |S| 9.1GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit 1-inch (25mm) High Disk Drive
2909    |S| 18.2 GB Ultra-SCSI 1" High (25mm) Disk Drive
2920    |N| IBM PCI Token-Ring Adapter
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2945    |S| Asynchronous Terminal Cable - EIA-422A
2946    |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2963    |S| TURBOWAYS 155 PCI UTP ATM Adapter
2968    |S| IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter
2969    |S| Gigabit Ethernet - SX PCI Adapter
2975    |S| 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter
2979    |N| PCI Auto LANstreamer Token Ring Adapter
2985    |N| PCI Ethernet BNC/RJ-45 Adapter
2987    |N| PCI Ethernet AUI/RJ-45 Adapter
2988    |S| TURBOWAYS 155 PCI MMF ATM Adapter
3027    |S| 9.1GB 10,000 RPM Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive
3102    |S| 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive
3124    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3139    |S| Cable Assembly, External SCSI Adapter to Internal IPL Disk
        | |      Bays
3142    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 3M
3143    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 6M
3144    |S| Remote I/O Cable, 15M
3151    |S| Cable, Clustered Server Control Panel to Control
        | |      Workstation
3154    |S| Cable and PCI Card for SP Control Workstation Attachment
3169    |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive
3613    |S| P70 Color Monitor
3617    |S| G52 Color Monitor, Northern Hemisphere
3618    |S| G52 Color Monitor, Equatorial
3619    |S| G52 Color Monitor, Southern Hemisphere
3620    |S| IBM P72 Color Monitor
3621    |S| IBM P92 Color Monitor
3622    |S| IBM P202 Color Monitor
3623    |S| IBM P72 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3625    |S| IBM P92 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3626    |S| IBM P202 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3627    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3629    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable
3630    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable
3637    |S| IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black,
        | | Captured Cable
3638    |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
4073    |S| Memory Board, 32-position
4075    |N| Memory Board, 16 Position
4100    |S| 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM (2)
4106    |S| 256MB (2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM, Select
4107    |S| 64MB(2X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM
4110    |S| 256MB(2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM
4119    |S| 512MB (2X256MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM
4131    |S| 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM
4133    |S| 1024MB Memory (8 X 128MB DIMMS)
4134    |S| 2048MB Memory (8 X 256MB DIMMS)
4135    |S| 4096MB Memory (8 X 512MB DIMMS)
4136    |S| 8192MB Memory (8 X 1024MB DIMMS)
4137    |S| 2048MB Memory (2 X 1024MB DIMMS)
4238    |S| DDC 15 Pin to 13W3 Display Cable
4242    |A| 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15
        | |      pin D-shell)
4353    |S| H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
4953    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
4957    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
4958    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4960    |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
4961    |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
4963    |N| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
4964    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
5001    |S| Customer Service Specify
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5200    |S| RS64 III,  2-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
5201    |N| RS64 III,  1-Way, 450MHz, 2MB L2 Cache
5202    |N| RS64 III,  2-Way SMP, 450MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
5203    |S| RS64 III,  4-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
5204    |N| RS64 III,  4-Way SMP, 450MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
5206    |N| RS64 III,  6-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
5210    |S| RS64 IV, 2-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache
5213    |S| RS64 IV, 4-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache
5259    |S| Processor Frequency Regulator, 750MHz
5992    |S| System Control and Initialization Cable, 3M
5993    |S| System Control and Initialization Cable, 6M
6006    |A| Power Control Cable, 3M
6007    |A| Power Control Cable, 15M
6008    |A| Power Control Cable, 6M
6041    |S| 3-Button Mouse
6132    |S| Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 3M
6134    |N| 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive
6136    |S| Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 6M
6142    |S| 4GB/8GB 4MM Internal Tape Drive
6147    |S| 5GB/10GB 8MM Internal Tape Drive
6156    |S| 20/40GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive (Black Bezel)
6158    |S| 20/40GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive
6159    |S| 12/24GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive
6160    |A| 9-track 1/2" Tape Drawer and PCI SCSI Adapter
6164    |S| Processor Power Regulator, RS64 IV Processors
6196    |S|   Processor Power Regulator, 76A
6197    |S|   Processor Power Regulator, 190A
6203    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204    |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6205    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter
6206    |N| PCI Single-Ended Ultra SCSI Adapter
6207    |N| PCI Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6208    |N| PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Single-ended Adapter
6209    |N| PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Differential Adapter
6215    |N| PCI SSA Multi-Initiator/RAID EL Adapter
6222    |N| SSA Fast-Write Cache
6225    |S| IBM Advanced SerialRAID Adapter
6227    |S| Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for PCI Bus
6228    |S| Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6282    |N| Redundant AC Power Supply, CEC, 645W
6283    |S| Redundant AC Power Supply, I/O Drawer, 595W
6284    |S| Redundant AC Power Supply, CEC, 1100W
6310    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter
6311    |S| IBM ARTIC960RxF PCI Adapter for RS/6000
6324    |S| I/O Drawer, Primary, 5EIA
6325    |S| I/O Drawer, Secondary, AC Power, 5EIA
6327    |S| I/O Drawer, Secondary, DC Power, 5EIA
6540    |S| Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator
6600    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P
6601    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189
6602    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142
6603    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129
6604    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166
6605    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172
6606    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194
6607    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
6608    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Canadian French, #058
6609    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/French, #120
6610    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120
6611    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swedish/Finnish, #153
6612    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Danish, #159
6613    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Bulgarian, #442
6614    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g
6616    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Norwegian, #155
6617    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Dutch, #143
6618    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Portuguese, #163
6619    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Greek, #319
6620    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hebrew, #212
6621    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hungarian, #208
6622    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Icelandic, #197
6623    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Polish, #214
6624    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Romanian, #446
6625    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Slovakian, #245
6626    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Czech, #243
6627    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #179
6628    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #440
6629    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171
6630    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Arabic, #238
6632    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118
6633    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Korean, #413
6634    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Chinese/US, #467
6635    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, French Canadian, #445
6636    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Thailand, #191
6638    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443
6639    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, Croatian, #105
6640    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P
7305    |A| AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8135    |S| 64-Port to 128-Port Pin-Out Converter
8136    |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8137    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8138    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port RS-422
8396    |S| IBM RS/6000 SP System Attachment Adapter
8397    |A| SP Switch2 PCI Attachment Adapter
8625    |S| CD-ROM Carry Over Indicator, Model Upgrade ONLY
8700    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
8701    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
8702    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
8703    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
8704    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
8705    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
8706    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
8707    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese,
        | |      #275
8708    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058
8709    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/French, #120
8710    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish,
        | |      #120
8711    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
8712    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159
8713    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8714    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German,
        | |      #150f/g
8716    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8717    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Dutch, #143
8718    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163
8719    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319
8720    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8721    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8722    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Icelandic, #197
8723    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214
8724    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Romanian, #446
8725    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8726    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243
8727    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179
8728    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #440
8729    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8730    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238
8732    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118
8733    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413
8734    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8735    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
8736    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thailand, #191
8738    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
8739    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105
8740    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995,
        | |      #103P
8741    |S| 3-Button Mouse - Business Black
9004    |A| Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
9083    |S| Base 128MB(4X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM
9172    |A| Power Specify, AC
9175    |A| Power Specify, DC
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9800    |A| Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
9820    |A| Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
9821    |A| Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
9825    |A| Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
9827    |A| Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
9828    |A| Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
9829    |A| Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
9830    |A| Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
9831    |A| Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
9833    |A| Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
9834    |A| Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)
 

Back to topBack to top
 
Product Positioning

The Model M80 consists of a rack-mounted Central Electronics Complex (CEC) drawer containing the processors and memory connected to another rack-mounted drawer containing the media, hot-plug I/O slots, and optional boot bays. The CEC and I/O drawers implement redundant power and redundant cooling. The introduction of hot-plug PCI I/O slots brings new and increased levels of availability for this system. The need to power down and reboot when adding or replacing most PCI adapters is eliminated, thus reducing time delays while keeping network and application processing up and running. The M80 system can accommodate two 2-way or 4-way processor cards to create configurations of 2, 4, 6, or 8 processors as required, offering outstanding scalability as your business needs dictate.

The M80 is targeted at the key commercial processing segments of e-business, ERP, SCM, and Business Intelligence. In each segment, the Model M80 can meet critical requirements. For example:

  • In ERP, the M80 is an excellent application server with its powerful processors, memory capacity, and optional data storage capability.

  • In e-business, the M80 can serve as a fast, highly reliable business- to-business Web server, going to other systems for business data or hosting the data storage itself.

The M80 rack-mounted drawer configuration offers flexibility regarding the number of CEC and I/O drawers that can be mounted in the rack, providing more compute and I/O power per square foot of valuable floor space. The M80 CEC requires 8U (EIA Units) of rack space, while each I/O drawer requires 5U of space. Thus, a minimum M80 configuration requires only 13U of rack space, while a maximum configuration fits into a 28U space. (The maximum configuration, which consists of one CEC drawer and four drawers, provides 56 available hot-plug PCI slots with up to eight processors and 32 GB of memory.) Depending on the number of I/O drawers attached, up to two M80 systems can be installed in the 7014-S00 or the new 7014-T00 racks with room remaining to install external data storage drawers.

External disk storage is required for the M80 as data storage internal to the drawers is not provided; however, optional boot bays are available in the first I/O drawer. (The internal boot disk option requires the space of two PCI slots, leaving 12 available.) Memory in the CEC drawer can expand up to 32 GB, providing ample operating performance for demanding applications.

Other reliability improvements help to make the Model M80 very competitive. Its CPU de-allocation function enables the system to detect failing processors and take them off line without re-booting the system. The service processor can record this action and notify the systems administrator or service personnel of the condition. Computing operation continues with the processor deactivated, allowing repair to be scheduled at a time convenient to your processing schedule. Hot-plug functionality of the PCI I/O subsystem brings new levels of up-time to your system for the replacement or addition of I/O adapters. The design of this function shows a concern for the usability, convenience, and safety for the customer who performs this task. Selective disablement of an adapter can be made as necessary while system operations not dependent on this adapter continue to run without being affected. AIX assists the user with guidance through the process, helping to ensure success. In addition, an HACMP packaged solution with dual M80s will be offered to provide industry-leading high availability.

High availability continues to be an ongoing and growing need for customers. IBM continues its tradition of providing high-availability solutions with the M80, which can be ordered in a high-availability configuration with a choice of components. The high-availability configurations combined with ClusterProven software give you a superior base for your high-availability requirements. The IBM high-availability solutions also offer a simple, but complete process for deciding which components are required and what software is best suited to a high- availability environment.

The Model M80 performs its role as the mid-range, rack-based platform of the "X80" family of SMP servers by complementing the deskside Model F80, the entry rack-based H80, and the powerful S80 in this broad server lineup. To assist in migrating to the "X80" family, a serial number protected model conversion is available for H80 customers who want to move up to the power of the M80. This model conversion replaces the H80 CEC drawer with an M80 CEC while allowing the M80 memory, I/O drawers, and adapters to be utilized with the new M80 system.

As a member of the "X80" family, the M80 will continue to meet your ever growing needs for more performance, more scalability, and more availability.
Back to topBack to top
 

Model

Model Summary Matrix

 Model    64-bit                       Hard    Slot      Optical
 Number   Processor   Speed   Memory   Drive   Maximum   Storage Devices
 ------   ---------   ------- ------   -----   --------  ---------------
  M80     2-, 4-,     500 MHz 1 GB     0 GB    56 PCI    A CD-ROM
          6-, or        or     to        to              readable
          8-way       750 MHz 64 GB    36.4 GB           device
 

Customer Setup (CSU)

None.

Devices Supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 7026.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |M|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |8|
          |0|
   MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
 ---------|-|-----------------------------------------
          | |
 ---------+-+--------SWITCH---------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2032-001 |X| MCDATA ED-5000 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch
 2109-S08 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08
 2109-S16 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISK-----------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 2101-100 |X| Seascape Solutions Rack
 2102-D00 |X| Expandable Storage Unit
 2102-F10 |X| Fibre Channel Storage Server
 2103-H07 |X| Fibre Channel Storage Hub
 2104-DL1 |X| IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model DL1
 2104-TL1 |X| IBM Expandable Storage Plus Model TL1
 2105-E10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E10
 2105-E20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model E20
 2105-F10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10
 2105-F20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20
 7027-HSC |X| IBM High Capacity Drawer Model HSC
 7131-105 |X| IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105
 7131-405 |X| IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 405
 7133-010 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 010
 7133-020 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 020
 7133-500 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 500
 7133-600 |X| IBM Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) Disk Subsystem
          | |      Model 600
 7133-D40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model D40
 7133-T40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model T40
 7134-010 |X| High Density SCSI Disk Subsystem
 7135-210 |X| IBM RAIDiant Array Model 210
 7137-412 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 412
 7137-413 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 413
 7137-414 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 414
 7137-415 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 415
 7137-512 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 512
 7137-513 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 513
 7137-514 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 514
 7137-515 |X| IBM Disk Array Subsystem Model 515
 7203-001 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Portable Disk Drive Model 001
 7204-113 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 113
 7204-114 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 114
 7204-118 |X| IBM 7204 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 118
 7204-139 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 139
 7204-315 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 315
 7204-317 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 317
 7204-325 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 325
 7204-339 |X| IBM RS/6000 External Disk Drive Model 339
 7204-402 |X| IBM External Disk Drive Model 402
 7204-404 |X| IBM External Disk Drive Model 404
 7204-409 |X| IBM  9.1 GB External Disk Drive Model 409
 7204-418 |X| IBM 7204-418 18GB DE External Disk Drive
 7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
 7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 Model 518 18.3 GB External Disk Drive
 7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 Model 536 36.7 GB External Disk Drive
 7210-025 |X| IBM 7210 DVD-RAM Drive Model 025
          | |
 ---------+-+--------DISPLAYS-------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 6546-00E |X| G52 Display
 6546-00N |X| G52 Display
 6546-01E |X| G52 Display
 6546-01S |X| G52 Display
 6546-0AE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BS |X| G54 Display
 6546-21N |X| G52 Display
 6546-2BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-31N |X| G52 Display
 6546-4AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-6BN |X| G54 Display
          | |
 ---------+-+--------STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES----------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - BUS CONVERTER - - - - - - - - - -
 2108-G07 |X| IBM Storage Area Network Data Gateway Model G07
          | |
 ---------+-+--------SCSI DEVICES---------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3995-063 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (2 Drives)
 3995-163 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (4 Drives)
 3995-A63 |X| Optical Library Dataserver (1 Drive)
 3995-C60 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C62 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C64 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C66 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 3995-C68 |X| IBM Optical Library Dataserver
 7209-003 |X| IBM Multifunction Optical Disk Drive Model 003
          | |
 ---------+-+--------TAPE-----------------------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 3490-C11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C11
 3490-C1A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Family Model C1A
 3490-C22 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C22
 3490-C2A |X| Magnetic Tape Subsystem
 3490-F00 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00
 3490-F01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01
 3490-F11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11
 3490-F1A |X| Magnetic Tape Subsystem * 18/36 track, 3494 att, 1 drive,
          | |      2.4GB
 3490-FC0 |X| IBM Rack Model FC0
 3494-B18 |X| IBM 3494 Model B18 Virtual Tape Server
 3494-D10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D10
 3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server
 3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server
 3494-D12 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
 3494-D14 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
                 (Tape Drive Unit)
 3494-HA1 |X| IBM 3494 High Availability Unit Model HA1
 3494-L10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
 3494-L12 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
 3494-L14 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
 3494-S10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Automated Tape Library
 3570-B00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B00
 3570-B01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B01
 3570-B02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B02
 3570-B11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3570-B12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B12
 3570-B1A |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model B1A
 3570-C00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00
 3570-C01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01
 3570-C02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02
 3570-C11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11
 3570-C12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12
 3575-L06 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06
 3575-L12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12
 3575-L18 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18
 3575-L24 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24
 3575-L32 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32
 3580-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive
 3581-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3581-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Autoloader
 3584-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model D22 Expansion Frame
 3584-D52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model D52 Expansion Frame
 3584-HA1 |X| IBM TotalStorage 3584 High Availability Frame Model HA1
 3584-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model L22 Base Frame
 3584-L52 |X| IBM TotalStorage UltraScalable Tape Library
          | |    3584 Model L52 Base Frame
 3590-B11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3590-B1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A
 3590-C12 |X| IBM Magstar Silo Compatible Frame Model C1A
 3590-E11 |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem * rack mountable, ACF, 14 MBps, 20
          | |      GB
 3590-E1A |X| Magstar Tape Subsystem * no ACF, 14 MBps, 20 GB, 256
          | |      tracks
 3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H11
 3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3590 Model H1A
 7205-311 |X| IBM 35 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model 311
 7205-440 |X| IBM 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive
 7206-005 |X| IBM External 4MM Tape Drive Model 005
 7206-110 |X| IBM 12GB External 4MM DDS-3 Tape Drive Model 110
 7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4mm DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
 7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206 Model VX2 External Tape Drive
 7207-012 |X| IBM RS/6000 1/4-inch External Cartridge Tape Drive Model
          | |      012
 7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
 7207-315 |X| IBM RS/6000 13GB 1/4-inch Tape Drive Model 315
 7208-011 |X| IBM External 8mm Tape Drive Model 011
 7208-341 |X| IBM 20GB External 8mm Tape Drive Model 341
 7208-345 |X| IBM 60GB External 8mm Tape Drive Model 345
 7331-205 |X| IBM 8mm Tape Library Model 205
 7331-305 |X| IBM 8mm Tape Library Model 305
 7332-005 |X| IBM 4mm DDS-2 Tape Autoloader Model 005
 7332-110 |X| IBM 4mm DDS-3 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 110
 7332-220 |X| IBM 4mm DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 7334-410 |X| IBM 8mm Tape Library Model 410
 7336-205 |X| IBM 4mm Tape Library Model 205
 7337-305 |X| IBM Digital Linear Tape Library Model 305
 7337-306 |X| IBM Digital Linear Tape Library Model 306
 7337-360 |X| IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library
 9348-012 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Unit Model 012
          | |
 ---------+-+--------EXPANSION CABINETS---------------
 - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
 7014-S00 |X| 1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
 7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
 7015-R00 |X| 1.6 Meter System Rack - 32U
 
---------+-+--------TOTALSTORAGE EXTERNAL MACHINES--- - - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 SystemStorage N5000 model 001 2863-A10 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 model A10 2863-A20 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 model A20 2864-A10 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 model A10 2864-A20 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 model A20 2865-A10 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 model A10 2865-A20 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 model A20 2870-631 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 631 2870-632 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 632 2870-641 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 641 2870-642 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 642 2870-651 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 651 2870-652 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series model 652  

Model Conversions

7026 Model H80 to Model M80 Conversion

(No Longer Available as of January 31, 2002)

Installed 7026 Model H80 systems can be converted to 7026 Model M80 systems. This conversion requires replacement of the entire Central Electronic Complex (CEC) including processors. The H80 I/O drawers (including internal media devices and SCSI IPL disks) and most PCI adapter cards carry forward to the upgraded M80 system. This conversion preserves your existing system serial number.

The model conversion consists of the following items:

  • 7026-M80 Central Electronics Complex (CEC). The H80 CEC being replaced is returned to IBM.

  • Support processor firmware update to recognize M80 CEC

  • 7026-M80 labels preserving the customers serial number

  • M80 publications

The following items are required and must be ordered separately:

  • One - RS64 III/IV Processor Card

    Note: Refer to section Model Conversion Processor Exchanges -- 7026-H80 to 7026-M80.

  • One - Memory Board - 32 Position (#4073)

  • Additional memory (if required) to meet the M80 1 GB minimum system memory

The following items may be carried forward from the predecessor system:

  • Memory DIMMS
  • I/O Drawer attachment cables
  • Primary and secondary I/O drawers
  • Internal media devices
  • Internal SCSI IPL hard disks
  • Most PCI adapters (See Feature Availability Matrix for list of supported adapters.)

Additional optional features may be added, as desired.

Note: The 7026-H80 to M80 upgrade is available for systems with either AC or DC power. A DC system upgrade requires changes to the DC rack power distribution. This requirement can be satisfied by ordering a new 7014-T00 rack with DC power, or by contacting the IBM Center for Customized Solutions (CCS) to have an existing rack modified. Contact information for CCS can be found at:

http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/solutions/custom/#csc

Model Conversion Processor Exchanges -- 7026-H80 to 7026-M80

The 7026-H80 systems converted to M80 systems will require replacement of their system processors. Model H80 4-way or 6-way processor cards can be replaced with Model M80 4-way processor cards via feature conversion. This processor conversion is available at the time of initial model upgrade only. A maximum of one H80 processor card can be converted to one M80 processor card for each system being converted. The existing Model H80 processor card being replaced is returned to IBM.

The following processor feature conversions are available to Model H80 customers who convert their systems to Model M80 systems:

 
From (H80) To (M80) Feature Feature Number Number ------------------------------- ------------------------------- 5204 - RS64 III, 4-way, 450 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz(1) 5204 - RS64 III, 4-way, 450 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 5206 - RS64 III, 6-way, 500 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz(1) 5206 - RS64 III, 6-way, 500 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 5214 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 600 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 5216 - RS64 IV, 6-way, 668 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 0505 - RS64 III, 4-way, 450 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz(1) 0505 - RS64 III, 4-way, 450 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz (HA Solution Processor) 0508 - RS64 III, 6-way, 500 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz(1) 0508 - RS64 III, 6-way, 500 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz (HA Solution Processor)  

(1) These feature conversions have been previously announced and are listed here for completeness of all processor conversions.

Processor Feature Conversions -- 7026-M80

Customers with installed 7026-M80 systems may increase the number of processors in their system up to a maximum of an 8-way SMP via feature conversions. Such conversions are accomplished by replacing the system's existing processor cards with processor cards containing faster processors or a greater number of processors. The existing Model M80 processor cards being replaced are returned to IBM.

The following processor feature conversions are available to Model M80 customers who want to install faster processors or increase the number of processors in their systems:

 
From To Feature Feature Number Number ------------------------------- --------------------------------- 5200 - RS64 III, 2-way, 500 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz(2) 5200 - RS64 III, 2-way, 500 MHz 5210 - RS64 IV, 2-way, 750 MHz 5200 - RS64 III, 2-way, 500 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 5203 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 5210 - RS64 IV, 2-way, 750 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz 0509 - RS64 III, 4-way, 500 MHz 5213 - RS64 IV, 4-way, 750 MHz (HA Solution Processor)  

(2) This feature conversion has been previously announced and is listed here for completeness of all processor conversions.

Feature Conversions

SP Switch Attachment Adapters: Customers with installed SP Switch Attachment Adapters may wish to attach to the SP Switch2 utilizing the SP Switch2 Attachment adapter. The following feature conversion is available for installed SP Switch Attachment Adapter customers who wish to convert to SP Switch2 Attachment Adapters. When this feature conversion is installed the SP Switch Attachment Adapter being removed is to be returned to IBM.

               From                                To
-----------------------------------  ------------------------------------
8396 - SP Switch Attachment Adapter  8397 - SP Switch2 Attachment Adapter
 

Back to topBack to top
 
Technical Description
TOC Link Physical Specifications TOC Link Operating Environment TOC Link Limitations
TOC Link Hardware Requirements TOC Link Software Requirements


The Model M80 provides outstanding performance and supports the evolution of your enterprise to Web integration and 64-bit computing. Its outstanding benefits include:

  • Excellent commercial performance in 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-way enterprise servers using the RS64 III microprocessor technology, with upgrades available to RS64 IV processors.

  • Excellent reliability, availability, and serviceability (RAS) providing:
    • Error checking and correcting (ECC) system memory and cache
    • I/O link failure recovery
    • Environmental sensing
    • N+1 Power
    • N+1 Cooling units
    • Service processor for integrated system monitoring
    • Concurrent diagnostics

  • Preconfigured tailored solutions that take advantage of the rack packaging to custom tailor your solution. Choose from multiple SCSI, SSA, and Fibre Channel attached:
    • Storage
    • Media
    • Communication

  • Open industry standards, such as Open Firmware based on IEEE P1275 standard.

  • Processor and memory growth. The minimum configuration 2-way processor can be increased to a 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way SMP. Memory can be expanded up to 64 GB in 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, or 8 GB increments.

  • Industry-standard hot-plug PCI slots can be expanded up to 56 total. These hot-plug slots allow most PCI adapters to be removed, added, or replaced without powering down the system. This function provides enhanced system availability and serviceability.

  • System power supplies are available in AC or DC and support the full 8-way SMP systems with 64 GB of memory. Redundant power supplies are incorporated in the M80 minimum configuration.

  • Industry recognized AIX operating system license included with each system. New performance enhancements and a Workload Management feature are included with the latest release.

  • Internal I/O system scalability and expandability that supports:
    • Up to four system I/O drawers with up to 56 PCI slots
    • Up to eight media bays for optical storage devices and tape devices

  • Primary I/O drawer features:
    • Two integrated SCSI controllers (F/W and Ultra-2)
    • An Ethernet 10/100 controller
    • Four serial ports
    • One parallel port
    • Keyboard and mouse ports

    These are standard on the system and are made available without utilizing any of the expansion slots provided.

  • Robust industry-standard PCI subsystem supporting 32-bit and 64-bit adapters. Greater application throughput is achieved via independent PCI buses for each of the 14 PCI slots in the I/O drawer. This design provides up to 1 GB per second aggregate bandwidth per drawer, depending on system configuration. The M80's independent PCI busses also provide enhanced reliability by isolating adapters from other adapters within the drawer.

  • A high-performance ECC L2 cache of 4 MB per processor on the 2-way and 4-way processor cards is provided. Systems that are upgraded to RS64 IV processors have 8 MB of L2 cache per processor.

  • RAID support is available for SCSI and SSA. The operating system provides RAID 0 and 1. The optional SCSI and SSA RAID adapters provide RAID level 0, 1, and 5.

Physical Specifications

  • Central Electronics Complex
    • Width: 445 mm (17.5 in)
    • Depth: 826 mm (35.5 in)
    • Height: 356 mm (14.0 in)
    • Weight: 59.7 kg (132 lb) (minimum configuration)

  • I/O Drawer
    • Width: 445 mm (17.5 in)
    • Depth: 820 mm (32.3 in)
    • Height: 218 mm ( 8.6 in)
    • Weight: 41 kg (90 lb) (minimum configuration)
    • 52 kg (115 lb) (maximum configuration)

Operating Environment

  • Temperature: 10 to 40 degrees C (50 to 104 F)
  • Relative Humidity: 8 % to 80 %
  • Maximum Wet Bulb: 27 degrees C (80.6 F)
  • Noise Level:
    • Sound Power: 6.0 Bels Idle/6.4 Bels Operating
    • Sound Pressure: 47 dBa Idle/49 dBa Operating

Power Requirements

  • Central Electronics Complex
    • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
    • Electrical output: 370 watts (typical); 550 watts (maximum)
    • Power source loading:
      • 0.39 kVA (typical configuration)
      • 0.60 kVA (maximum configuration)
    • Thermal Output:
      • 370 joules/sec (1,265 Btu/hr, typical configuration)
      • 550 joules/sec (1,877 Btu/hr, maximum configuration)

  • I/O Drawer
    • Operating voltage: 200 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
    • Electrical output: 220 watts (typical); 515 watts (maximum)
    • Power source loading:
      • 0.23 kVA (typical configuration)
      • 0.54 kVA (maximum configuration)
    • Thermal Output:
      • 220 joules/sec (750 Btu/hr, typical configuration)
      • 511 joules/sec (1,750 Btu/hr, maximum configuration)

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and it shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S. - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan - VCCI-1
  • Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation: Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM RS/6000 model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country TELECOM and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom Regulatory authority.

Product Safety/Country Testing/Certification

  • U.S.: UL
  • Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
  • Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)
  • NEBS Level 3 (GR63, GR1089) compliant

General Requirements

The RS/6000 Enterprise Server M80 is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

Processors

  • The M80 system contains two processor slots. The available 2-way and 4-way processor cards can be combined to create 2-way, 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way systems.

  • Installed systems may increase the number of processors by replacing the existing processor card with a more powerful processor or by adding an additional processor card if a processor slot is available.

  • There are no memory DIMM positions on the 2-way or 4-way processor cards.

Upgrades To 750 MHz Processors

  • Installed Model M80 systems with 500 MHz processors can be upgraded for higher performance by replacing the existing processor cards with faster processor cards that run at 750 MHz. The available 750 MHz processor cards are 2-way (#5210) and 4-way (#5213). These processor cards can be combined to create 2-way, 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way systems.

  • For systems with two processor cards, both cards must operate at the same frequency. A 750 MHz processor card and a 500 MHz processor card can not operate together in the same system.

  • A new system planar board is required in order to upgrade an existing M80 system to run with 750 MHz processors. When an order is placed to upgrade a 500 MHz M80 system with 750 MHz processors, the factory will ship the required new system planar board along with the new 750 MHz processor card. Model M80 systems that already have 750 MHz processors installed can have additional processors installed with no further system planar board modifications required, up to a maximum of two 4-way processor cards.

  • A new Processor Power Regulator and a new Processor Frequency Regulator are required in order to upgrade an existing M80 system to run with 750 MHz processors. When an order is placed to upgrade a 500 MHz M80 system with 750 MHz processors, the order must also include one Processor Frequency Regulator, 750 MHz (#5259), and one Processor Power Regulator, RS64 IV Processors (#6164). Model M80 systems that already have features #5259 and #6164 installed can have additional 750 MHz processors installed up to a maximum of two 4-way processor cards.

Memory

  • The 7026-M80 must contain a minimum of 1 GB of system memory. Memory is expandable up to a maximum of 64 GB.

  • Memory is installed in groups of eight DIMMs mounted on 32-position memory boards. A maximum of two 32-position memory boards may be installed in an M80 system.

  • All DIMMs in each set of eight must be the same capacity.

  • A minimum of eight memory DIMMs must be installed on each 32-position memory board.

  • The M80 memory is accessed via two related but distinct ports. Balancing memory across two memory cards allows memory accesses in a coordinated parallel manner and can be utilized to provide optimal performance. Configurations containing a single memory board will function properly but the memory will only be accessed through one port and will not make use of the full memory bus bandwidth.

  • Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account to obtain optimal performance without limiting future memory expansion.

  • IBM recommends systems configured with 4 GB of memory or greater, to have access to a 4-mm or 8-mm tape drive for submission of system dump information, if required. This function may be accomplished via locally attached or network attached devices as appropriate.

Power

  • M80 systems are available as either AC or DC powered configurations. Specify feature codes are used to indicate AC or DC power for the CEC and the primary (first) I/O drawer required in the minimum system configuration. AC and DC secondary I/O drawers are available as features.

  • Redundant power supplies are required on M80 systems configurations. AC powered systems have the first power supply for the CEC and each I/O drawer is incorporated in their basic design. A second power supply must be ordered separately for each of these components to provide redundancy for enhanced system availability.

  • Systems specifying DC power will include redundant power supplies in the CEC and the primary (first) I/O drawer.

  • A processor power regulator must be ordered for each system. Processor Power Regulator, 76A (#6196) may be used for 2-way or 4-way systems only. Processor Power Regulator, 190A (#6197) may be used for 2-way, 4-way, 6-way or 8-way systems.

  • System power can not be converted from AC-to-DC or DC-to-AC after shipment to the customer.

DC Powered Systems

  • DC powered M80 systems operate at -48 V and include redundant power supplies in the CEC and I/O drawers.

  • DC Powered M80 systems are supported only in the 7014-T00 rack equipped with DC power distribution panel #6117. (Note: #6117 is a feature of the 7014-T00 rack.)

  • DC Powered M80 systems are limited to a total of two I/O drawers providing a total of 28 hot-plug PCI slots and four media bays.

  • Rack feature number 6117 provides the proper capacity circuit breakers for use with the M80 system based on the inclusion of rack feature number 0129 (Rack Content Specify, 7026-M80) on the 7014-T00 rack order.

  • The 7014-T00 rack power distribution panel (#6117) provides attachment for up to two M80 CEC drawers, two M80 I/O drawers, and four 7133-D40 SSA drawers. Up to two M80 systems can be mounted in a 7014-T00 rack if they are configured with one I/O drawer each. M80 systems configured with two I/O drawers are limited to one system per rack.

  • Rack power distribution panel configurations and capacities are unique to support model specific system requirements. DC powered M80 systems may not be combined in racks with other DC powered systems such as the 7026-H50, H70 or H80.

Racks

  • The M80 systems CEC and I/O drawers are packaged as rack-mounted devices and are supported in the RS/6000 7014-T00, T42, and S00 racks. Existing 7014 racks or 7017 Feature #7000, #7036, and #7037 racks can be utilized for AC powered M80s if sufficient space is available.

  • The maximum quantities of 7026-M80 systems supported in 7014 racks are as follows: (Assumes one CEC drawer and one I/O Drawer per M80 system.)
    • 7014-T00 - Maximum is two
    • 7014-T42 - Maximum is three
    • 7014-S00 - Maximum is two

  • The M80 I/O drawers must be placed a minimum of 4U (EIA Units) below the top of the rack for service purposes.

  • Supported devices such as SCSI or SSA disk subsystems or tape subsystems may share the rack with the M80 system.

I/O Drawers

  • M80 systems can incorporate up to four I/O drawers. The primary (first) I/O drawer is required on all systems. Up to three secondary I/O drawer can be ordered per system, if desired.

  • The M80 primary I/O drawer integrates the following functional components:
    • System support (service) processor
    • Fourteen - PCI slots
    • Two - Media bays
    • One - 1.44MB diskette drive (Mounted behind a removable cover)
    • Four - Serial ports
    • One - Parallel port
    • One - 10/100 Ethernet port
    • One - Keyboard port
    • One - Mouse port
    • One - SCSI-2 F/W port for internal drawer components such as media devices and (optional) IPL disks
    • One - Ultra2 SCSI port for external attachment use

  • The first media bay in the primary I/O drawer is reserved for the required optical storage device which is capable of reading CD-ROM discs. The second media bay may be utilized for any additional supported internal media device.

  • Each secondary I/O drawer provides an additional 14 PCI slots and two media bays.

I/O Drawer Attachment

  • The M80 system allows up to four I/O drawers to be attached to the system CEC drawer. It is recommended the I/O drawers be located in the same rack as the CEC drawer for service purposes; however, they can be mounted in separate racks, if desired.

  • There are four remote I/O (RIO) ports available on the CEC. Port 0 is always connected to the primary (first) I/O drawer. This drawer contains the systems service processor and native I/O interface.

  • I/O drawers are connected to the CEC drawer via the following cables:
    • RIO cables for data transfer
    • System Control and Initialization cable
    • Power Control cables

  • RIO cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. Model M80 systems with non-looped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a non-loop connection is detected a problem is reported.

  • Two RIO loops are available, each supporting up to two I/O drawers. A minimum of two RIO cables are required to attach the first I/O drawer on each RIO loop. A third drawer-to-drawer RIO cable is required to complete the loop when an additional I/O drawer is attached to the loop. RIO cables are available various lengths (#3142 = 3 meters, #3143 = 6 meters, and #3144 = 15 meters) to attach I/O drawers within a single rack or across multiple racks, if desired.

  • One System Control and Initialization cable (#5992 = 3 meters or #5993 = 6 meters) is required to connect the primary I/O drawer to the CEC.

  • One CEC-to-Primary I/O Drawer power control cable (#6132 = 3 meters or #6136 = 6 meters) is required to connect the primary I/O drawer to the CEC.

  • Power control for the secondary I/O drawers is provided from the primary I/O drawer via one loop. The number of Power Control (SPCN) cables required is equal to one plus the number of secondary I/O drawers attached to the system. Thus, a minimum of two Power Control cables (#6006 = 3 meters, #6007 = 15 meters or #6008 = 6 meters) are required for attachment of the first secondary drawer to the primary drawer. Each additional drawer requires one additional power control cable to complete the loop attachment.

Disks, Media, and Boot Devices

  • Boot support is supported via SCSI adapters, SSA adapters, or from network via Ethernet or token-ring adapters.

  • It is recommended the boot adapter be located in the primary I/O drawer. This configuration provides service personnel the maximum amount of diagnostic information if the system encounters errors in the boot sequence.

  • Externally attached SCSI or SSA disk subsystems can be used to contain system boot disks, if desired. These devices must be ordered on the same system order with the same delivery schedule as the M80 system if software preload (#5005) is specified.

  • One or two SCSI IPL disks can be mounted in the primary I/O drawer utilizing the Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware (#6540) feature. The Internal IPL Disk Mounting hardware is available for use in the primary I/O drawer only and eliminates the use of PCI slots #13 and #14.

  • It is recommended internally mounted IPL disks be connected to an integrated SCSI port or a PCI SCSI adapter mounted in the primary I/O drawer. One or both of the internal IPL disks can be connected to the internal SCSI-2 F/W adapter utilized for media bay attachment. If desired, one or both of the internal disks can be connected to an external SCSI adapter port via the External SCSI Adapter to Internal IPL Disk Bays Cable assembly (#3139) and appropriate external SCSI cabling.

  • The External SCSI Adapter to Internal IPL Disk Bays Cable Assembly (#3139) provides a connection from internally mounted IPL disks to a 68-pin P-style connector on the rear bulkhead of the I/O drawer. External cabling is required to attach the rear bulkhead connector to a SCSI adapter or the external SCSI port of the integrated SCSI adapter. SCSI cables #2424 or #2425 can be utilized to connect to a SCSI adapter with a P-style connector. Converter cable #2118 is used with SCSI cables #2424 or #2425 to attach to the integrated SCSI adapter or a SCSI adapter with a VHDCI mini-68 pin connector.

  • Orders specifying internal disks utilizing the Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware (#6540) feature without including the Internal IPL Disk Bays Cable Assembly (#3139) will be shipped with the internal disks cabled to the internal SCSI port serving the media bays. Orders containing two disks and both #6540 and #3139 (with the appropriate external cabling) will be shipped with the one disk cabled to the internal SCSI port and the second disk cabled to the external SCSI adapter port. The cabling can be changed in the field to allow both internal disks to be attached to the external SCSI port if desired.

  • Disk drives are not supported in the media bays of the I/O drawers.

  • An optical storage device capable of reading a CD-ROM disc is required for each system. Additional internal media devices are limited to one in the primary I/O drawer plus two in each secondary I/O drawer installed on the system.

PCI Slots and Adapters

  • The Model M80 PCI slot population rules are complex. The following PCI slot and adapter limitations are provided for general guidance purposes. Extensive configuration rules and checking procedures are incorporated into the PCRS6000 configurator to ensure valid system configurations. Configurations generated without utilizing the PCRS6000 configurator may create orders that cannot be manufactured, resulting in possible order rejection and delayed delivery.

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given for connectivity and functionality assurance.

  • Configuration limitations are established to help ensure appropriate bus loading, adapter addressing, and system and adapter functional characteristics when ordering primary and secondary I/O drawers. These I/O drawer limitations are in addition to individual adapter limitations shown in the feature descriptions section.

  • Each I/O drawer contains 14 PCI slots. Slots 6, 7, 11, and 12 are 32-bit slots and are capable of supporting 5 V adapters. All remaining slots are 64-bit slots and do not support 5 V adapters. The 32-bit adapters can be used in 64-bit slots.

  • The S/390 ESCON Channel Adapter (#2751) is limited to four per system and two per I/O drawer. These adapters must be located in drawers attached via the primary I/O loop for addressing considerations.

  • The following adapters are limited to one per system:
    • Eicon ISDN DIV A PRO 2.0 PCI S/T Adapter (#2708)
    • POWER GXT130P Graphics Adapter (#2830)

  • A maximum total of 14 of the following adapters is allowed per system:
    • S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter (#2751)
    • IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2947)
    • IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310)

  • A maximum of 10 of the following adapters is allowed per drawer in any combination:
    • PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter (#2494)
    • PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203)
    • PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter (#6204)
    • PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (#6205)
    • IBM Advanced Serial RAID Adapter (#6225)
    • Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230)

  • A maximum of 4 of the following 5 V adapters is allowed per drawer in any combination:
    • PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter (#2494)
    • Eicon ISDN DIV A PRO 2.0 PCI S/T Adapter (#2708)
    • S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter (#2751)
    • POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator (#2830)
    • 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

Hot-Plug Options

  • It is not necessary to power down the system to install certain hot- plug options. The following options are hot-plug capable:
    • CEC power supplies (assumes redundant power supplies installed)
    • I/O drawer power supplies (assumes redundant power supplies installed)
    • Most PCI adapters

  • Information regarding hot-plugging procedures is contained in the 7026-M80 Installation Guide.

  • Any PCI adapter supporting the systems boot device or systems console is not hot-plugged.

  • The following PCI adapters are not supported for hot-plug:
    • POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator (#2830)
    • 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter (#2962)
    • Cable and PCI card for SP Control Workstation Attachment (#3154)
    • IBM RS/6000 SP System Attachment Adapter (#8396)

Clustered Server Environment

  • Up to thirty-two IBM RS/6000 and pSeries servers may be incorporated into a clustered environment operating under the control of the IBM Parallel Systems Support Programs (PSSP) for AIX. A maximum of sixteen of these can be 7017-S70, S7A, S80 or S85 servers.

  • Clustered server environments always incorporate a control workstation for cluster control. They are available in either switch attached or non-switch attached implementations.

    • SP Switch2 attached servers utilize one or two SP Switch2 Attachment adapters (#8397) for high speed interconnection to the SP Switch2 mounted in a 9076 frame. This environement does not require a 9076 SP Node in the configuration.

    • SP Switch attached servers utiize the SP Switch Attachment adapter (#8396) for high speed interconnection to the SP Switch mounted in a 9076 frame.

    • A non-switch attached environment utilizes an Ethernet connection to pass data between the clustered servers. This environment does not require a switch, 9076 Frame, or 9076 SP node in the configuration.

  • The SP Switch2 supports two configurations allowing communications over either one or two switch planes. Two switch plane configurations must incorporate two SP Switch2 Attachement Adapters (#8397) in each attached server. Implementations utilizing a one switch plane configuration are limited to a maximum of one Switch2 Attachment Adapter (#8397) per attached server.

  • Each clustered server interfaces to the control workstation and SP switch via a combination of cables depending on environment.

    • The Cable and PCI Card for SP Control Workstation Attachment (#3154) is required in either the non-switch attached or switch attached environments. Feature #3154 provides internal connection from an internal connector on the planar of the primary I/O drawer to a PCI slot location on the rear bulkhead of the I/O drawer. The PCI card associated with feature #3154 must be located in the primary I/O drawer in the following slots:
      • Slot #7 for non-switched clustered server environment
      • Slot #7 for SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8396) environment
      • Slot #6 for SP Switch2 Attachment Adapter (#8397) environment

      Feature #3154 must be ordered with each 7026 server in the cluster.

    • The non-switch attached cluster environment requires each server to be connected to the control workstation via a Clustered Server Control Panel-to-Control Workstation Cable (#3151). This cable may be ordered with either the clustered server (recommended) or the control workstation, as desired. This cable is not required for switch attached servers.

    • SP switch attached servers interface to the control workstation and SP frame via nomenclature and cables ordered from the 9076 SP. The appropriate features for this interface are provided by the SP Attached Server Frame Identification feature (#9123) and SP Attached Server Cable for 7026 feature (#9125).

    • An appropriate length switch cable is required to attach each switch attached server. This cable is ordered as a feature of the 9076 SP.

  • A minimum of one Ethernet adapter is required for each clustered server. This adapter must be recognized by the clustered server as "EN0" and must reside in slot 1 of the primary I/O drawer. The supported adapters are:
    • 10/100 Ethernet 10BaseTX adapter (#2968)
    • 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962)

  • The SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8396) is a 5 V adapter and must be located in slot #6 of the primary I/O drawer. Only one #8396 adapter is allowed per server.

  • The SP Switch Attachment Adapter (#8397) is a universal PCI adapter. Two are allowed per 7026 server. The first #8397 adapter is always located in slot #5 of the primary I/O drawer. If two #8397 adapters are utilized the second adapter must be placed in slot #3 and requires slot #4 to remain empty.

  • Some I/O adapters supported on the 7026 servers when utilized in a non-clustered environment are not supported in the clustered server environment and must be removed. Refer to the IBM RS/6000 9076-550 Sales Manual pages for a list of the currently supported adapters. For more information, refer to the document RS/6000 SP Planning, Volume 1, Hardware and Physical Environment (GA22-7280).

  • Graphics adapters and natively attached displays are not supported in the clustered server environment. An ASCII terminal may be attached to servers in these environments but is not required. System control functions are provided by the SP control workstation.

Additional information regarding server clustering and control workstations is available at the following IBM PSSP Web site:

http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/resource/aix_resource/sp_books/

Hardware Requirements

The Model M80 must be installed in a new or existing RS/6000 7014 rack. This assures the following are met:

  • Proper dimensions
  • Mounting surfaces
  • Power distribution
  • Ventilation
  • Stability
  • Other functional requirements

The recommended rack is the RS/6000 7014 Model T00.

Either an ASCII terminal with an attachment cable or a graphics display with an attachment cable and graphics adapter is required for initial set up and must be available locally for service. If an ASCII terminal is used, it must be attached through a serial port.

If a graphics adapter is installed, console messages (IPL progress/error information/systems management information) will be directed to the graphics adapter. The system does not detect if a display is attached to the adapter. The user may attach any supported device to the adapter.

If a graphics adapter is not installed, console messages will be directed to serial port S1. The system does not detect if an ASCII console is attached to serial port S1; use of any device other than an ASCII console on serial port S1 will result in lost messages and unpredictable results on that device.

Model M80 - Minimum System Configuration

The 7026-M80 is based on a flexible, modular design that can be configured up to:

  • 8 processors
  • 32 GB of system memory
  • 56 PCI slots
  • Multiple media devices

This flexibility is provided through the many optional features available for the M80. Each new Model M80 system must include a minimum of the following items:

  • One system CEC enclosure (8-EIA) with the following:
    • One - AC or DC Power Specify (#9172 or #9175)
    • One - Processor Power Regulator (#6196 or #6197)
    • One - Redundant AC Power Supply, CEC (#6284)
    • One - Language Group Specify (#9XXX)

  • One - Processor Card - choose from:
    • RS64 III Processor, 2-Way SMP, 500 MHz, 4 MB L2 Cache (#5200)
    • RS64 III Processor, 4-Way SMP, 500 MHz, 4 MB L2 Cache (#5203)

  • 1 GB Memory minimum:

    • One - 32-Position Memory Board (#4073)

    • Order 1 GB minimum from:
      • 64 MB Memory (2 x 32 MB DIMMs) (#4107) - Refer to note below
      • 256 MB Memory (2 x 128 MB DIMMs) (#4110) - Refer to note below
      • 512 MB Memory (2 x 256 MB DIMMs) (#4119) - Refer to note below
      • 1024 MB Memory (8 x 128 MB DIMMs) (#4133)
      • 2048 MB Memory (8 x 256 MB DIMMs) (#4134)
      • 4096 MB Memory (8 x 512 MB DIMMs) (#4135)

  • Cabling for connection to the primary I/O drawer:
    • Two - Remote I/O cable - CEC-to-I/O Drawer (#3142, #3143, or #3144)
    • One - CEC-to-Primary I/O Drawer Power Control cable (#6132 or #6136)
    • One - System Control and Initialization cable (#5992 or #5993)

  • One Primary I/O Drawer including:
    • I/O Drawer, Primary (5-EIA) (#6324)
    • One - Redundant AC Power Supply, I/O Drawer (#6283)
    • An optical storage device capable of reading CD-ROM discs

Additional optional features can be added, as desired.

Note: Memory features numbers 4107, 4110, and 4119 are available only on 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversions to complete the M80 requirement for memory to be installed in eight DIMM groupings.

HA-M80 Solution Configuration

The HA-M80 solution package must include a minimum of the following hardware and software that must be ordered together as specified to qualify for the HA-M80 package price.

  • Two - 7026-M80 Enterprise Servers, each incorporating:
    • One - Central Electronics Complex
    • One - Primary I/O Drawer and Attachment Cabling
    • One - HA Solution Indicator (#0700)
    • One - HA Solution Processor Card 4-Way (#0509)
    • 2 GB Memory
    • Two - PCI SSA Adapters
    • Two - LAN Adapters
    • One - Redundant CEC AC Power Supply (#6284)

      Note: Not required on DC systems.

    • One - Redundant I/O Drawer AC Power Supply (#6283)

      Note: Not required on DC systems.

    • One - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer (#3124)

      Note: Only one serial cable (#3124) is needed for the two M80 servers. Redundant dedicated heartbeat and messaging paths required via LAN and Async ports on each server.

    • One - Software Preinstall (#5005)

      Note: Redundant SSA or SCSI IPL disks are required. AIX and HACMP software will be preinstalled on 7133 SSA disks unless optional SCSI disks are ordered.

    • One - AIX Version 4.3.3, or later license
    • One - HACMP Version 4.3, or later license

      Note: Additional optional 7026-M80 features can be added.

  • One - 7014-T00 System Rack, including:
    • Two - Rack Content Specify: 7026-M80 (#0129)
    • Two - Rack Content Specify: I/O Drawer (#0176)
    • Two - Rack Content Specify: 7133-D40 (#0156)
    • One - Power Distribution Unit, Side Mount (#6171, #6173, or #6174) (Not required on DC Systems)

      Note: Additional optional 7014-T00 features can be added.

  • Two - 7133-D40 Serial Disk Systems, each including:
    • Four - SSA Disk Drives
    • Six - Advanced SSA Cables
    • One - RDS Rochester Manufacturing Integration (#0987)

      Note: Additional optional 7133-D40 features can be added.

Software Requirements

AIX Version 4.3.3 at the 04/2000 level (including update CD-ROM and PTF IY09814), or later, operating system
Back to topBack to top
 

Publications

The following publications are shipped with the Model M80. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

Title                                        Order Number
-----------------------------------          ------------
RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80
 Installation Guide                          SA38-0576
System Unit Safety Information               SA23-2652
 

Refer to the Related Publications section of the Model M80 Installation Guide for information regarding other available Model M80 publications or on the Web, visit:

http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/resource/hardware_docs/


Back to topBack to top
 
Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange
TOC Link No Charge Specify Codes TOC Link Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable TOC Link Feature Exchanges


No Charge Specify Codes

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

  • MEMORY
    • (#9083) - Base 128MB(4X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM

  • POWER
    • (#9172) - Power Specify, AC
    • (#9175) - Power Specify, DC

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#8625) - CD-ROM Carry Over Indicator, Model Upgrade ONLY

  • LINECORDS
    • (#9800) - Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
    • (#9820) - Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
    • (#9821) - Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
    • (#9825) - Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
    • (#9827) - Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
    • (#9828) - Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
    • (#9829) - Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
    • (#9830) - Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
    • (#9831) - Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
    • (#9833) - Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
    • (#9834) - Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#0702) - Advanced Cluster Solution Indicator
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
    • (#7305) - AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#0001) - After-market (MES) Order Indicator
    • (#0700) - HA Solution Indicator
    • (#0986) - CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
    • (#5001) - Customer Service Specify

Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

  • MEMORY
    • (#9083) - Base 128MB(4X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM

  • POWER
    • (#9172) - Power Specify, AC
    • (#9175) - Power Specify, DC

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#6134) - 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive
    • (#8625) - CD-ROM Carry Over Indicator, Model Upgrade ONLY

  • LINECORDS
    • (#9800) - Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada
    • (#9820) - Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)
    • (#9821) - Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)
    • (#9825) - Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)
    • (#9827) - Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)
    • (#9828) - Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)
    • (#9829) - Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)
    • (#9830) - Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)
    • (#9831) - Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)
    • (#9833) - Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)
    • (#9834) - Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
    • (#7305) - AAP Software Pre-Install Indicator
    • (#0001) - After-market (MES) Order Indicator
    • (#0700) - HA Solution Indicator
    • (#0986) - CCS Customer Service Specify (US)
    • (#5001) - Customer Service Specify

Special Features - Initial Orders

  • MEMORY
    • (#4100) - 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM (2)
    • (#4106) - 256MB (2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM, Select

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#0509) - RS64 III, 4-Way SMP, HA Solution, Factory Only

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

  • ADAPTERS
    • (#2494) - PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#2498) - PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#2708) - Eicon ISDN DIVA PRO 2.0 PCI S/T Adapter
    • (#2741) - SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP SAS PCI
    • (#2742) - SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS PCI
    • (#2743) - SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI
    • (#2751) - S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter
    • (#2830) - POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2963) - TURBOWAYS 155 PCI UTP ATM Adapter
    • (#2968) - IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter
    • (#2969) - Gigabit Ethernet - SX PCI Adapter
    • (#2975) - 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter
    • (#2988) - TURBOWAYS 155 PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    • (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    • (#4958) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
    • (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
    • (#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
    • (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
    • (#6205) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6225) - IBM Advanced SerialRAID Adapter
    • (#6227) - Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for PCI Bus
    • (#6228) - Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6310) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter
    • (#6311) - IBM ARTIC960RxF PCI Adapter for RS/6000
    • (#8396) - IBM RS/6000 SP System Attachment Adapter
    • (#8397) - SP Switch2 PCI Attachment Adapter

  • CABLES
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fibre Converter Cable
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#2945) - Asynchronous Terminal Cable - EIA-422A
    • (#3151) - Cable, Clustered Server Control Panel to Control Workstation
    • (#3154) - Cable and PCI Card for SP Control Workstation Attachment
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8135) - 64-Port to 128-Port Pin-Out Converter
    • (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8138) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port RS-422
    • (#3139) - Cable Assembly, External SCSI Adapter to Internal IPL Disk Bays
    • (#2111) - PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit SE External Device Cable
    • (#2112) - PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit Differential Ext Device Cable
    • (#2113) - PCI SCSI Adapter To Single Port 8-Bit SE External Device Cable
    • (#2114) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
    • (#2115) - PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit SE External Device Cable
    • (#2116) - PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit Differential Ext Device Cable
    • (#2117) - PCI SCSI Adapter 16-bit SE External Y Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2424) - 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable
    • (#4238) - DDC 15 Pin to 13W3 Display Cable
    • (#4242) - 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15 pin D-shell)
    • (#2709) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1 RJ48 Cable
    • (#2710) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port E1 RJ48 Cable
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2862) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port RS-449 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2865) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-530 Cable
    • (#2871) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 3M 4-Port Cable
    • (#2872) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 15M Extension Cable
    • (#2873) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 3M 4-Port Cable
    • (#2874) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 7.5M Extension Cable
    • (#2875) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Grounded, 1.8M 4-Port Cable
    • (#2876) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Ungrounded, 1.8M 4-Port Cable
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#2877) - IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
    • (#3124) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
    • (#3125) - Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#4353) - H-100 Bus 8-position Cable
    • (#3142) - Remote I/O Cable, 3M
    • (#3143) - Remote I/O Cable, 6M
    • (#3144) - Remote I/O Cable, 15M
    • (#5992) - System Control and Initialization Cable, 3M
    • (#5993) - System Control and Initialization Cable, 6M
    • (#6006) - Power Control Cable, 3M
    • (#6007) - Power Control Cable, 15M
    • (#6008) - Power Control Cable, 6M
    • (#6132) - Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 3M
    • (#6136) - Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 6M

  • DISKS
    • (#2900) - 4.5GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit Disk Drive
    • (#2908) - 9.1GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit 1-inch (25mm) High Disk Drive
    • (#2909) - 18.2 GB Ultra-SCSI 1" High (25mm) Disk Drive
    • (#3027) - 9.1GB 10,000 RPM Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#3102) - 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#3169) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive
    • (#6540) - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator

  • DISPLAYS
    • (#3613) - P70 Color Monitor
    • (#3617) - G52 Color Monitor, Northern Hemisphere
    • (#3618) - G52 Color Monitor, Equatorial
    • (#3619) - G52 Color Monitor, Southern Hemisphere
    • (#3620) - IBM P72 Color Monitor
    • (#3621) - IBM P92 Color Monitor
    • (#3622) - IBM P202 Color Monitor
    • (#3623) - IBM P72 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3625) - IBM P92 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3626) - IBM P202 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3629) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable
    • (#3630) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

  • KEYBOARDS
    • (#6600) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P
    • (#6601) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189
    • (#6602) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142
    • (#6603) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#6604) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166
    • (#6605) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172
    • (#6606) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194
    • (#6607) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#6608) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Canadian French, #058
    • (#6609) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#6610) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120
    • (#6611) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#6612) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Danish, #159
    • (#6613) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#6614) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g
    • (#6616) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Norwegian, #155
    • (#6617) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Dutch, #143
    • (#6618) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Portuguese, #163
    • (#6619) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Greek, #319
    • (#6620) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hebrew, #212
    • (#6621) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hungarian, #208
    • (#6622) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Icelandic, #197
    • (#6623) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Polish, #214
    • (#6624) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Romanian, #446
    • (#6625) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Slovakian, #245
    • (#6626) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Czech, #243
    • (#6627) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #179
    • (#6628) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #440
    • (#6629) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#6630) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Arabic, #238
    • (#6632) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118
    • (#6633) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Korean, #413
    • (#6634) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#6635) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, French Canadian, #445
    • (#6636) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Thailand, #191
    • (#6638) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443
    • (#6639) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, Croatian, #105
    • (#6640) - Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P
    • (#8700) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8701) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8702) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8703) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8704) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8705) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8706) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8707) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#8708) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8709) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#8710) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120
    • (#8711) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8712) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8713) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8714) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g
    • (#8716) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8717) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Dutch, #143
    • (#8718) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8719) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8720) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8721) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8722) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Icelandic, #197
    • (#8723) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8724) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Romanian, #446
    • (#8725) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8726) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8727) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8728) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #440
    • (#8729) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8730) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8732) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118
    • (#8733) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8734) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8735) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8736) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thailand, #191
    • (#8738) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8739) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105
    • (#8740) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P

  • MEMORY
    • (#4073) - Memory Board, 32-position
    • (#4107) - 64MB(2X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM
    • (#4110) - 256MB(2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM
    • (#4119) - 512MB (2X256MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM
    • (#4131) - 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM
    • (#4133) - 1024MB Memory (8 X 128MB DIMMS)
    • (#4134) - 2048MB Memory (8 X 256MB DIMMS)
    • (#4135) - 4096MB Memory (8 X 512MB DIMMS)
    • (#4136) - 8192MB Memory (8 X 1024MB DIMMS)
    • (#4137) - 2048MB Memory (2 X 1024MB DIMMS)

  • POWER
    • (#6164) - Processor Power Regulator, RS64 IV Processors
    • (#6196) - Processor Power Regulator, 76A
    • (#6197) - Processor Power Regulator, 190A
    • (#6283) - Redundant AC Power Supply, I/O Drawer, 595W
    • (#6284) - Redundant AC Power Supply, CEC, 1100W

  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#2619) - 20X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
    • (#2623) - 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)
    • (#2624) - 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
    • (#6142) - 4GB/8GB 4MM Internal Tape Drive
    • (#6147) - 5GB/10GB 8MM Internal Tape Drive
    • (#6156) - 20/40GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive (Black Bezel)
    • (#6158) - 20/40GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive
    • (#6159) - 12/24GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive

  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#6041) - 3-Button Mouse
    • (#8741) - 3-Button Mouse - Business Black

  • PROCESSORS
    • (#5200) - RS64 III, 2-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
    • (#5203) - RS64 III, 4-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache
    • (#5210) - RS64 IV, 2-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache
    • (#5213) - RS64 IV, 4-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache
    • (#5259) - Processor Frequency Regulator, 750MHz

  • RACK RELATED
    • (#6160) - 9-track 1/2" Tape Drawer and PCI SCSI Adapter
    • (#6324) - I/O Drawer, Primary, 5EIA
    • (#6325) - I/O Drawer, Secondary, AC Power, 5EIA
    • (#6327) - I/O Drawer, Secondary, DC Power, 5EIA

  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Feature Descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM RS/6000 7026 machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0001) After-market (MES) Order Indicator

(No Longer Available as of March 21, 2008)

This feature may be used in orders for features ordered by MES. This feature prevents configuration checking. It does not have to be repeated for subsequent MES orders for the same machine.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#0001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

(#0509) RS64 III, 4-Way SMP, HA Solution, Factory Only

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature provides a 4-way processor complex for systems being implemented in an RS/6000 High Availability Cluster Solution.

  • Attributes provided: 4-way Processor equivalent to #5203
  • Attributes required: Empty first processor slot and #0700
  • For 7026-M80: (#0509)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

    Note: This feature is available only at the initial order of a High Availability C luster Solution.

(#0700) HA Solution Indicator

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature is required when ordering certain High Availability solution offerings. It is for administration use only and provides no parts.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#0700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

    Note: This feature is available only at the initial order of a High Availability Cluster Solution.

(#0702) Advanced Cluster Solution Indicator

(No Longer Available as of May 24, 2004)

This feature is required when ordering certain cluster solution offerings. It is for administration use only and provides no parts.

  • Attributes provided: Cluster Solution Indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#0702)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

Note: This Advanced Cluster Solution Indicator feature is available only at the initial order of a cluster including one pSeries 680 (7017-S85) and two RS/6000 7026-M80 Servers.

(#0986) CCS Customer Service Specify (US)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customized Solutions (CCS).

FC 0986 is available only on the initial plant order.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#0986)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#2111) PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit SE External Device Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external 2-port, 8-bit devices to the PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2111)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2112) PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 8-Bit Differential Ext Device Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external 2-port, 8-bit differential devices to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2112)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2113) PCI SCSI Adapter To Single Port 8-Bit SE External Device Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external single-port, 8-bit SE devices to the PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2113)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2114)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2115) PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit SE External Device Cable

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external 2-port 16-bit SE devices to the PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2115)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2116) PCI SCSI Adapter To 2-Port, 16-Bit Differential Ext Device Cable

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of external 2-port 16-bit differential devices to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2116)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2117) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-bit SE External Y Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 External SCSI-2 Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2117)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68 pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#2118)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 7026-M80: (#2424)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System to System Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • For 7026-M80: (#2425)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fibre Converter Cable

50 micron fiber cable used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. Cable has male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other. Length = 2 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#2456)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-08 Recommended Maintenance Package or later, AIX 5.1 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2494) PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2000)

The RS/6000 PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter(#2494) is a non- bootable high performance Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,1,or 5 capability and can address up to forty-five 16-bit SCSI-2 physical disk drives on three independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 32 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 32 MByte fast-write cache is a resident feature of the IBM PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter has one internal and two external independent Ultra2 SCSI buses. The internal port can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on supporting RS/6000 systems. Systems with internal 6-pack disks can attach one PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID adapter per internal 6-pack.The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports can also connect to the IBM 7131-105 external Fast/Wide SCSI disk enclosure via an optional VHDCI to P Converter Cable (#2118). Note: Even though the PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system backplane. Also, the externally attached 7131-105 will only run at a maximum of Fast/Wide SCSI speeds (up to 20 MBytes/s).

In order for full support and to take full advantage of the Ultra2 (up to 80 MBytes/s) speed of this adapter, the proper AIX level also needs to be considered. AIX 4.2.1 with appropriate APAR updates and 4.3.3 or later supports the full range of SCSI bus data rates (including Ultra2 SCSI up to 80 MByte/s). AIX 4.3.2 only supports data rates up to 40 MByte/s. Check the AIX level your system has or is able to support. Appropriate AIX APAR needed are as follows:

  • AIX 4.2.1 with APAR IX86638, IX86654, IX87183, IY01945, & IY02373
  • AIX 4.3.2 with APAR IX86395, & IX86396
  • AIX 4.3.3 or later

Upgrading an existing PCI 3-Channel Ultra SCSI RAID Adapter (#2494) to the later version PCI 3-Channel Ultra2 SCSI RAID Adapter is also available after September 24, 1999. To upgrade to the Ultra2 version (up to 80 MBytes/s capability), a new level of microcode needs to be downloaded. To obtain this later level of microcode (3.12.00 or higher), go to the below web address and follow the microcode download procedure. AIX levels with appropriate APAR updates described above also apply in conjunction with the microcode upgrade.

  • http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/support/micro/download.html
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2494)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of four adapters per I/O drawer.

(#2498) PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

The RS/6000 PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter(#2498) is a non- bootable high performance Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,1,1E, 5, 5E capability and can address up to sixty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on four independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 128 MByte fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 128 MByte fast-write cache is a resident feature of the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter that utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI

RAID Adapter failure, a replacement PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 128 MByte fast-write cache can provide an significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI

RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has four independent Ultra3 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and four external ports. The two internal ports are shared with two of the external ports. Two of the four busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The other two busses only drive external ports. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on supporting RS/6000 systems. Systems with one or two internal 6-pack disks can attach to a PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter. The four external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The four external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate.

Limitations:

  • The four external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 external Fast/Wide SCSI disk enclosure.
  • Even though the PCI 4-Channel Ultra3 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at Ultra3 SCSI speeds (up to 160 MBytes/s) and Ultra2 SCSI speeds (up to 80MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system backplane.

In order for full support and to take full advantage of the Ultra3 (up to 160 MBytes/s) speed of this adapter, the proper AIX level also needs to be considered. AIX 4.3.3 with appropriate APAR updates or later AIX versions support the full range of SCSI bus data rates (including Ultra3 SCSI up to 160 MByte/s). Check the AIX level your system has or is able to support.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2498)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-05 Recommended Maintenance Package,.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of ten adapters per I/O drawer.

(#2619) 20X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive

The 20x (Max) SCSI-2 Internal CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to 3000KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate . It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, single ended, 8 bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 600MB CD-ROM disks.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3000 KB/sec (Max)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)
  • Avg. Random Access Time: 100ms (typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 512KB
  • Media capacity: Greater than 600MB
  • Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks
  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay AND 1 SCSI-2 SE internal 8-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#2619)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#2623) 4.7 GB SCSI-2 DVD-RAM Drive (Black Bezel)

(No Longer Available as of September 24, 2004)

The SCSI-2 DVD-RAM drive is a multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs and reading CD-ROM discs. This device also provides read/write compatibility with conventional 2.6GB DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) max @ outer diameter, 1350KB/sec write (1X DVD) and 2705KB/sec read (2X DVD)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 supporting synchronous and asynchronous data transfer
  • Average Random Access Time: 100ms CD-ROM, 155ms DVD-RAM
  • High-speed synchronous burst rate of 10MB/second
  • Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (in horizontal orientation only), 12cm discs (CD-ROM) and 4.7GB DVD cartridges
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
  • Reads multi-session discs
  • Reads CD-recordable discs
  • Reads CD-RW discs
  • Reads and writes 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB (double sided) DVD-RAM media
  • Supports all major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio
  • Contains headphone output and line output for audio

Limitations:

  • DVD video is not supported.
  • Attributes provided: 4.7GB 2X DVD (2705 KB/Sec) DVD-RAM
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay and one SCSI address
  • For 7026-M80: (#2623)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-08 Recommended Maintenance Package or later, AIX 5.1 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of two drives per drawer and eight drives per system.

(#2624) 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2005)

The 32X (Max) SCSI-2 Internal CD-ROM Drive is a tray loading CD-ROM drive providing up to 4800KB/sec maximum media data transfer rate. It is a 5.25 inch half-high form factor, single ended, 8 bit, multi-session capable, CD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 600MB CD-ROM discs.

Characteristics:

  • Media Data Transfer Rate: 4800 KB/sec (Max)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 8 bit Single Ended (SE)
  • Avg. Random Access Time: 90ms (typical)
  • Buffer Memory: 512KB
  • Media capacity: Greater than 600MB
  • Multisession capable (Reads CDR & CDRW media)
  • 5.25-inch half-high form factor
  • Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
  • Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
  • Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks
  • Attributes provided: 600MB 32X (max)(up to 4800KB/sec) CDROM
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay and 1 SCSI-2 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#2624)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2708) Eicon ISDN DIVA PRO 2.0 PCI S/T Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 17, 2001)

Connects PCI RS/6000 systems to worldwide ISDN networks. The adapter comes from Eicon Technology, the world leader in ISDN technology, as a fully supported IBM feature. #2708 provides basic rate 2B + D with 64 Kbps on each B channel. TCP/IP applications are supported.

Note: AIX drivers are shipped on diskette with the hardware feature. Systems ordered with AIX preinstalled will have the device drivers installed on the hard disk drive.

Country approvals for ISDN network attachment: Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States

Provides S/T interface, requires connection to NT-1 (Network Terminator-1) from the phone line provider.

Limitation: This adapter is not supported by AIX 5.1 (32 bit or 64 bit kernel).

  • Attributes provided: One ISDN BRI connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2709) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1 RJ48 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

4-Port T1 RJ48 cable for the ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1/E1 PCI Adapter or ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk adapter.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port T1 RJ48 cable
  • Attributes required: Quad Digital Trunk Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2709)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2710) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port E1 RJ48 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

4-Port E1 RJ48 cable for the ARTIC960Hx 4-Port T1/E1 PCI Adapter or ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk adapter.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Port E1 RJ48 Cable
  • Attributes required:
  • For 7026-M80: (#2710)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2741) SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP SAS PCI

(No Longer Available as of May 18, 2003)

  • Fiber optical FDDI Single Attach Station

This adapter provides single attachment to a FDDI concentrator (or point-to-point) using fiber optic cabling (not supplied with the adapter).

It also offers high speed, low latency, and low CPU and bus utilization and occupies a single PCI bus slot.

Features:

  • Occupy single PCI bus slot
  • Compatible with the FDDI-ANSI X3T12 specification and FDDI Standard Series
  • SMT 7.3 compliance
  • AMD SUPERNET3 single chip FDDI design
  • SysKonnect designed custom ASIC with for buffer management with minimal CPU and bus load
  • Four independent 128-byte FIFOs for buffering between PCI bus and buffer memory
  • 128KB static RAM on board
  • Support under AIX SMIT and diagnostic routines
  • Supports Remote IPL and NIM with the appropriate system firmware. See Limitations section.

Connection requirements:

  • Connect to fiber FDDI concentrator ports using fiber optic cable with an FDDI SC (low cost fiber) connector

Limitation:

  • A configuration using more than one SysKonnect FDDI adapter (feature 2741, 2742, or 2743) where any one of them is feature 2743 (SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI), constitutes a Class A system.
  • NIM is supported on this system using FDDI on AIX 4.2.1 and later.

Note: FDDI Remote IPL, systems shipped after April 24, 1998, will have the appropriate firmware factory installed. Systems shipped prior to April 24, 1998, require an upgrade of system firmware to support the Remote IPL function for FDDI adapters. If you find you have problems with FDDI Remote IPL, make sure you obtain the latest system firmware. Instructions on how to obtain this firmware can be obtained by calling IBM Service and asking for Retain Tip H162841 or by reviewing and downloading from the RS/6000 Support microcode web page located at

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro/

Note: AIX Device Driver diskette is shipped with the adapter.

Limitation: AIX 5.1 or later support for this adapter is limited to the 32-bit kernel only. (AIX 5.1 or later 64-bit kernel does not support this adapter.)

  • Attributes provided: One Single Attach Station Fiber FDDI port
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2741)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2742) SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-LP DAS PCI

(No Longer Available as of May 18, 2003)

  • Fiber optical FDDI Dual Attach Station

This adapter provides either dual attachment to the main ring path or dual homing to one or two FDDI concentrators using fiber optic cabling (not supplied with the adapter).

It also offers high speed, low latency, and low CPU and bus utilization and occupies a single PCI bus slot.

Features:

  • Occupy single PCI bus slot
  • Compatible with the FDDI-ANSI X3T12 specification and FDDI Standard Series
  • SMT 7.3 compliance
  • AMD SUPERNET3 single chip FDDI design
  • SysKonnect designed custom ASIC with for buffer management with minimal CPU and bus load
  • Four independent 128-byte FIFOs for buffering between PCI bus and buffer memory
  • 128KB static RAM on board
  • Support under AIX SMIT and diagnostic routines
  • Supports Remote IPL and NIM with the appropriate system firmware. See Limitations section.

Connection requirements:

  • Connect to fiber FDDI concentrator ports using fiber optic cable with an FDDI SC (low cost fiber) connector

Limitation:

  • A configuration using more than one SysKonnect FDDI adapter (feature 2741, 2742, or 2743) where any one of them is feature 2743 (SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI), constitutes a Class A system.
  • NIM is supported on this system using FDDI on AIX 4.2.1 and later.

Note: FDDI Remote IPL, systems shipped after April 24, 1998, will have the appropriate firmware factory installed. Systems shipped prior to April 24, 1998, require an upgrade of system firmware to support the Remote IPL function for FDDI adapters. If you find you have problems with FDDI Remote IPL, make sure you obtain the latest system firmware. Instructions on how to obtain this firmware can be obtained by calling IBM Service and asking for Retain Tip H162841 or by reviewing and downloading from the RS/6000 Support microcode web page located at

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro/

Note: AIX Device Driver diskette is shipped with the adapter.

Limitation: AIX 5.1 or later support for this adapter is limited to the 32-bit kernel only. (AIX 5.1 or later 64-bit kernel does not support this adapter.)

  • Attributes provided: One Dual Attach Station Fiber FDDI port
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2742)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2743) SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

  • Copper FDDI Single Attach Station

This adapter provides single attachment to a FDDI concentrator (or point-to-point) using Category-5 unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cabling (not supplied with the adapter).

It also offers high speed, low latency, and low CPU and bus utilization and occupies a single PCI bus slot.

Features:

  • Occupy single PCI bus slot
  • Compatible with the FDDI-ANSI X3T12 specification and FDDI Standard Series
  • SMT 7.3 compliance
  • AMD SUPERNET3 single chip FDDI design
  • SysKonnect designed custom ASIC with for buffer management with minimal CPU and bus load
  • Four independent 128-byte FIFOs for buffering between PCI bus and buffer memory
  • 128KB static RAM on board
  • Support under AIX SMIT and diagnostic routines
  • Supports Remote IPL and NIM with the appropriate system firmware. See Limitations section.

Connection requirements:

  • Connect to Category-5 unshielded twisted pair FDDI concentrator ports using shielded RJ45 connector

Limitation:

  • A configuration using more than one SysKonnect FDDI adapter (feature 2741, 2742, or 2743) where any one of them is feature 2743 (SysKonnect SK-NET FDDI-UP SAS PCI), constitutes a Class A system.
  • NIM is supported on this system using FDDI on AIX 4.2.1 and later.

Note: FDDI Remote IPL, systems shipped after April 24, 1998, will have the appropriate firmware factory installed. Systems shipped prior to April 24, 1998, require an upgrade of system firmware to support the Remote IPL function for FDDI adapters. If you find you have problems with FDDI Remote IPL, make sure you obtain the latest system firmware. Instructions on how to obtain this firmware can be obtained by calling IBM Service and asking for Retain Tip H162841 or by reviewing and downloading from the RS/6000 Support microcode web page located at

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro/

Note: AIX Device Driver diskette is shipped with the adapter.

Limitation: AIX 5.1 or later support for this adapter is limited to the 32-bit kernel only. (AIX 5.1 or later 64-bit kernel does not support this adapter.)

  • Attributes provided: One Single Attach Station CDDI (copper) port
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2743)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2751) S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides RS/6000 Systems the ability to attach to IBM Enterprise Systems Connection (ESCON) channels of the System/390 server. The S/390 ESCON Channel PCI Adapter attaches directly to an ESCON channel providing fiber optic links using LED technology, and also attaches to ESCON Directors (fiber optic switches) permitting connections to multiple Channels. Host operating systems supported include VM/ESA, MVS/ESA, and OS/390.

Notes:

  • The adapter has restrictions regarding the slots in which it may be installed. Refer to the note below.
  • Supported on AIX Version 4.3.0 with separately orderable device driver in License Program Number 5765-D49.
  • Control Unit Multi-path definitions are not supported in IOCP or HCD.
  • 3174 Emulation Mode is not supported. For SNA users, MPC Emulation is now supported.
  • S/390 TCP/IP support is available in:
    • IBM TCP/IP Version 3.1 or later for VM (5735-FAL)
    • IBM TCP/IP Version 3.1 or later for MVS (5735-HAL)
  • MPC support is available in IBM TCP/IP Open Edition Version 3.4 or later, which is shipped as part of OS/390 2.5 (5647-A01) when used in conjunction with IBM VTAM Version 4.4 or later (5695-117).
  • Requires ESCON external cabling
  • APAR OW33336 is recommended to be installed on OS/390 BCP.

Characteristics:

  • Single slot, full length PCI adapter
  • Supports VM, MVS, and OS/390
  • Supports 3088, CLAW (TCP/IP), and MPC (SNA and TCP/IP) Emulations.
  • Supports CLIO/S.
  • Provides the same API for user-written application programs for CLAW and 3088 Emulations as ESCON Channel Connectivity for AIX V1.1 LPP (5765-603)
  • Supports attachment to either 10MB or 17MB ESCON channels.
  • Supports ESCON Multiple Image Facility (EMIF)
  • Maximum distance supported using a combination of LED and XDF ESCON links is 43 Km.
  • Attributes provided: 1 ESCON channel attachment interface
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2751)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of two adapters per I/O drawer

(#2830) POWER GXT130P Graphics Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of April 30, 2003)

The POWER GXT130P is a versatile, low-priced graphics accelerator for RS/6000 PCI-bus systems. It is a half-length PCI card with a standard 15-pin DIN output connector and can support multisync monitors with at least a 64 KHz horizontal scan capability. or DDC-2B-compliant multisync monitors with at least a 38 KHz horizontal scan capability.

Ultimedia Services 2.2.0 and Xlib APIs are supported on AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.

For MES orders of the GXT130P Graphics Accelerator:

  • If your operating system was installed with AIX Version 4.2.1 before October 1998, you must apply the following AIX Version 4.2.1 refresh for October 1998 (this includes boot media and the additional device drivers required that are included with the feature.)
    • AIX Version 4.2.1 LCD4-0238-02

  • If you have AIX Version 4.2.1 (LCD4-0238-00 or LCD4-0238-01), update to LCD4-0238-02 to run this program.
  • Attributes provided: Graphics adapter
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2861)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2862) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port RS-449 Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port RS-449 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2862)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2863)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2864)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2865) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-530 Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

4-port EIA-5 cable for (#2947).

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-530 cable for #2947
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2865)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2871) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 3M 4-Port Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2871)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2872) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, T1, 100 Ohm, 15M Extension Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter and (#2871) cable
  • For 7026-M80: (#2872)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2873) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 3M 4-Port Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2873)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2874) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 120 Ohm Balanced, 7.5M Extension Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter and ##2873) cable
  • For 7026-M80: (#2874)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2875) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Grounded, 1.8M 4-Port Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 27, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2875)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2876) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, E1, 75 Ohm Unbalanced-Ungrounded, 1.8M 4-Port Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 27, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 E1 Trunk lines.
  • Attributes required: One (#6310) adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#2876)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
  • For 7026-M80: (#2877)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2900) 4.5GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit Disk Drive

The 4.5GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit Disk Drive is a high-performance disk drive that provides 4.5GB capacity that supports the Ultra SCSI interface speed of 40MB/s.

Note: Requires Ultra-SCSI adapter to operate at 40MB/s.

  • Form Factor: 1-inch(25mm) high by 4.0-inch (102mm) wide
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra SCSI (16-bit, Single-Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 Fast 20/ANSI Spec X3T10/1071D
  • SCSI bus interface Speed: 40MB/s (max)
  • Average Seek Time: 7.9 ms
  • Average Latency: 4.17ms
  • Rotational Speed: 7200 RPM
  • Maximum Media Data Transfer Rate: 13.7 MB/sec

Note: Average seek times and maximum data transfer rate are equal to or better than noted.

Limitation These disks are supported by AIX Version 4.1.3 or later, and AIX Version 4.2 or later.

  • Machines ordered with AIX Version 4.1.3 or 4.1.4 will require the addition of APAR #IX61149 for disks and diagnostics.

  • Machines ordered with AIX 4.2.0 will require the addition of APAR #IX60676.

These APARs can be obtained through FixDist or from the IBM Support Center. For information on FixDist, refer to the following URL on the worldwide web:

http://aix.boulder.ibm.com/aix.us/fixes

  • Attributes provided: 4.5GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: 1 half-high disk bay and 1 SCSI internal, single-ended, 16-bit address.
  • For 7026-M80: (#2900)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

    Note: Requires #6540 - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator.

(#2908) 9.1GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit 1-inch (25mm) High Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 21, 2001)

The 9.1GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit 1-inch (25mm) High Disk Drive offers high- performance that provides 9.1GB of storage capacity and supports the industry Ultra-SCSI interface speed of 40MBps.

Note: Requires Ultra-SCSI adapter to operate at 40 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 1-inch (25mm)high by 4.0-inch (102mm) wide
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra-SCSI (16-bit, Single Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 Fast 20/ANSISpec X3T10/1071D
  • Average Seek Time: 6.7 ms
  • Average Latency: 4.17 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 7200 RPM
  • Maximum Media Data Transfer Rate: 22.4MBps
  • Machines ordered with AIX Version 4.1.3, 4.1.4, and 4.1.5 require the additional APAR IX61149, IX62529, and IX62576 for disks and diagnostics.
  • Machines ordered with AIX Version 4.2.0 require the addition of APAR IX60676, IX62155, and IX62156.

Note: These APARs can be obtained through FixDist or from the IBM Support Center. For information on Fix Dist, refer to the following URL on the World Wide Web:

http://aix.boulder.ibm.com/aix.us/fixes

  • Attributes provided: 9.1GB of disk storage.
  • Attributes required: One half-high disk bay and one SCSI internal single-ended 16-bit address.
  • For 7026-M80: (#2908)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Requires #6540 - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator.

(#2909) 18.2 GB Ultra-SCSI 1" High (25mm) Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 21, 2001)

The 18.2GB Ultra-SCSI 16-bit 1-inch (25 mm) High Disk Drive provides 18.2GB of storage capacity and supports the industry's Ultra-SCSI interface speed of 40 MBps.

Note: Requires Ultra-SCSI adapter to operate at 40 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 1-inch (25 mm) high by 4.0-inch (102 mm) wide
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra-SCSI (16-bit, Single Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 Fast 20/ANSISpec X3T10/1071D
  • Average Seek Time: 6.7 ms
  • Average Latency: 4.17 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 7200 rpm
  • Maximum Media Data Transfer Rate: 22.4 MBps
  • Attributes provided: 18.2GB of disk storage.
  • Attributes required: One half-high disk bay and one SCSI internal single-ended 16-bit address.
  • For 7026-M80: (#2909)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Requires #6450 - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator.

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is used in conjunction with :

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2934)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (shipped with the system), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature FC 6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature FC 8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • For 7026-M80: (#2936)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2943)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 32 total Asynch adapters #2943 and #2944.

(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

The new RANs being announced provide 16 EIA-232 (#8137) or 16 RS-422 (#8138) ports yielding a total of 128-ports in a maximum configuration.

Existing RANs feature numbers 8130, 8134, or 8136 can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RANs on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • For 7026-M80: (#2944)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 32 total asynch adapters #2943 and #2944.

(#2945) Asynchronous Terminal Cable - EIA-422A

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

Provides a 20 meter (66 feet) interface cable for attaching an EIA-422A Terminal to an Asynchronous Adapter

  • Attributes provided: EIA-422A attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Asynchronous Adapter EIA-422A
  • For 7026-M80: (#2945)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 17, 2004)

The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2946)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with update CD or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of ten adapters per I/O drawer.

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one- slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • For 7026-M80: (#2947)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7026-M80: (#2951)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2952) Cable, V.35

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7026-M80: (#2952)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7026-M80: (#2953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2954) Cable, X.21

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • For 7026-M80: (#2954)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable

  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • Limitation: Hot-plugging this adapter (#2962) is not supported in this system.

    Note: Maximum of five adapters per I/O drawer.

(#2963) TURBOWAYS 155 PCI UTP ATM Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

Provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a token-ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

The supported Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for ATM 155 mbps interfaces in this system is 9180 or less. Set the MTU size to 9180 bytes or less for all ATM devices and ATM Token Ring LAN Emulation devices.

Note: A combined maximum of seven #2963 and #2988 adapters is allowed per system.

(#2968) IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

Provides a 10 Mbps (10BaseT) or 100 Mbps (100BaseTx) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection. The adapter supports 32-bit bus master PCI connection to the host system for enhanced data throughput and lower bus utilization. The adapter supports Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2968)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#2969) Gigabit Ethernet - SX PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2003)

Provide a 1 Gbps (1000Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection.

An additional function called 'LARGE SEND' is now available. This function offloads the TCP resegmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. This function is only available on AIX version 5.1 with AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet switch.
  • Attributes required: Available 64 bit PCI slot, AIX 4.3.2 or later is required for Hardware Checksum and Jumbo Frame support.
  • For 7026-M80: (#2969)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 10 adapters per I/O drawer

(#2975) 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2003)

10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components to optimize cost and performance. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. The 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet PCI Adapter supports jumbo frames (up to 9000 bytes) for full duplex Fast & Gigabit Ethernet.

An additional function called 'LARGE SEND' is now available. This function offloads the TCP resegmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. This function is only available on AIX version 5.1 with AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later.

AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter provided your system firmware is at the proper support level. Systems manufactured prior to July, 2001 may require a firmware update. Check the following URL to review if needed and download latest firmware if needed:

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro/

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI card slot.

Limitation:

  • The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-T UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2975)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-05 Recommended Maintenance Package or later support.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of ten adapters per I/O drawer.

(#2988) TURBOWAYS 155 PCI MMF ATM Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

Also provides direct access to ATM networks. The TURBOWAYS 155 PCI MMF ATM Adapter provides dedicated 155Mbps full-duplex connection using PVCs or SVCs and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

Note: Systems ordered with AIX preinstalled will have the device drivers installed on the hard disk drive.

TURBOWAYS 155 PCI MMF ATM Adapter is compatible with:

  • IBM 8285 ATM Workgroup Switch
  • IBM 8260 ATM Subsystem
  • IBM 8282 ATM Concentrator
  • IBM 8281 ATM LAN Bridge
  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#2988)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

The supported Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for ATM 155 mbps interfaces in this system is 9180 or less. Set the MTU size to 9180 bytes or less for all ATM devices and ATM Token Ring LAN Emulation devices.

Note: A combined maximum of seven #2963 and #2988 adapters is allowed per system.

(#3027) 9.1GB 10,000 RPM Ultra-SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 9, 2002)

The 9.1GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive provides 9.1GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra SCSI interface speed of 40 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra SCSI (16-bit, Single Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 fast 20, ANSI Spec X3T10/1071D
  • Average Seek Time: 6.02 milliseconds
  • Average Latency: 2.99 milliseconds
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 30.5 MBps

Note: Ultra SCSI disk drives require attachment to a supported Ultra SCSI Adapter in order for the drive to run at 40 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 9.1 GB storage capacity
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7026-M80: (#3027)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Requires #6540 - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator.

(#3102) 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of August 8, 2003)

The 18.2GB 10,000 RPM Ultra SCSI Disk Drive provides 18.2GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra SCSI interface speed of 40 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra SCSI (16-bit, Single Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 fast 20, ANSI Spec X3T10/1071D
  • Average Seek Time: 6.02 milliseconds
  • Average Latency: 2.99 milliseconds
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 44.3 MBps

Note: Ultra SCSI disk drives require attachment to a supported Ultra SCSI Adapter in order for the drive to run at 40 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 18.2 GB storage capacity
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7026-M80: (#3102)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Requires #6540 - Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator.

(#3124) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#3124)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3125) Serial to Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#3125)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3139) Cable Assembly, External SCSI Adapter to Internal IPL Disk Bays

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

Provides the cable and terminator necessary hardware to attach internal SCSI IPL disks to an external SCSI port. The cable provides a 68-pin P style connector on the rear bulkhead of the I/O drawer. FC #2118 should be used with this cable to attach to adapters with Mini-68 pin VHDCI connectors.

  • Attributes provided: Internal Disk Attachment to External SCSI Port
  • Attributes required: Internal SCSI Disk(s) and Unused External SCSI Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#3139)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3142) Remote I/O Cable, 3M

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This three-meter RIO cable is available to attach the processor complex and I/O drawer mounted in the same rack. It can also be used to connect I/O drawers mounted in the same rack.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers.
  • Attributes required: Two drawers in the same I/O rack
  • For 7026-M80: (#3142)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3143) Remote I/O Cable, 6M

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

This six-meter RIO cable is available to attach the processor complex and I/O drawers. It can also be used to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O Drawers
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#3143)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3144) Remote I/O Cable, 15M

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

This fifteen-meter RIO cable is available to attach the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#3144)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3151) Cable, Clustered Server Control Panel to Control Workstation

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

This cable is used for attachment of Clustered Enterprise Servers to the cluster control workstation.

  • Attributes provided: Cluster control cable
  • Attributes required: Cluster control workstation
  • For 7026-M80: (#3151)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3154) Cable and PCI Card for SP Control Workstation Attachment

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

Provides a cable and PCI card necessary to attach an internal connector on the primary I/O drawer planar to the rear bulkhead of the I/O drawer. This connection is used with external cable feature #3151 to attach to the SP control workstation in in support of SP attached server and clustered enterprise server environments.

  • Attributes provided: Internal port to bulkhead connection
  • Attributes required: One empty PCI slot and appropriate external cables
  • For 7026-M80: (#3154)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-08 maintenance package, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This PCI card must be installed in slot #7 of the primary I/O drawer.

(#3169) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra2 SCSI Disk Drive provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra SCSI interface speed of 80 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra2 SCSI (16-bit, Single-Ended)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI-3 fast 40
  • Average Seek Time: 5.00 ms (based on four READS to one WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 3.00 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83.88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra2 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra2 SCSI cable/backplane for the drive to run at 80 MBps. Any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be at least an Ultra2 SCSI device(s) for this disk drive to run at 80 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • For 7026-M80: (#3169)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1, or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3613) P70 Color Monitor

The IBM P70 Color Monitor (featuring a Trinitron** CRT) has a maximum image size of 15.9 inches/403mm measured diagonally. This high quality premium monitor is designed to support a wide range of attachment platforms and display modes, utilizing microprocessor-controlled, multi- frequency operation.

Characteristics:

  • 0.26mm Trinitron** CRTs for bright, crisp, high definition images
  • Digital user controls
  • On Screen Display for ease of operation
  • SWEDAC MPR-II emissions compliance
  • TCO TCO-91 emissions compliance
  • ISO 9241-3 compliance
  • Energy Star and NUTEK power management via VESA DPMS
  • 13W3 connector
  • Attributes provided: Color Display
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter and appropriate cable
  • For 7026-M80: (#3613)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3617) G52 Color Monitor, Northern Hemisphere

The IBM G52 Monitor is designed and built in response to user input. The G52 has a 15-inch FST CRT size with a viewable area of 13.9" and a .28mm dot pitch. The G52 Monitor complies with ISO 9241 Part 3, the international standard covering front-of-screen ergonomics. It has a top reduced flicker VESA mode of 1024 x 768 at 85Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1280 x 1024, creating a clearer image on the screen and increased user comfort.

  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3617)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3618) G52 Color Monitor, Equatorial

The IBM G52 Monitor is designed and built in response to user input. The G52 has a 15-inch FST CRT size with a viewable area of 13.9" and a .28mm dot pitch. The G52 Monitor complies with ISO 9241 Part 3, the international standard covering front-of-screen ergonomics. It has a top reduced flicker VESA mode of 1024 x 768 at 85Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1280 x 1024, creating a clearer image on the screen and increased user comfort.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3618)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3619) G52 Color Monitor, Southern Hemisphere

The IBM G52 Monitor is designed and built in response to user input. The G52 has a 15-inch FST CRT size with a viewable area of 13.9" and a .28mm dot pitch. The G52 Monitor complies with ISO 9241 Part 3, the international standard covering front-of-screen ergonomics. It has a top reduced flicker VESA mode of 1024 x 768 at 85Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1280 x 1024, creating a clearer image on the screen and increased user comfort.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3619)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3620) IBM P72 Color Monitor

The P72 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 17-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 16.0 inches (407 mm), incorporating a 0.25 mm aperture grille for bright, high- definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 85 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1280 x 1024 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3620)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3621) IBM P92 Color Monitor

The P92 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 19-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 17.9 inches (456 mm), incorporating a 0.25 - 0.27 mm aperture grille for bright, high-definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 94 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1280 x 1024 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3621)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3622) IBM P202 Color Monitor

The P202 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 21-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 19.8 inches (503 mm), incorporating a 0.25 - 0.27 mm aperture grille for bright, high-definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 107 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3622)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3623) IBM P72 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

The P72 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 17-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 16.0 inches (407 mm), incorporating a 0.25 mm aperture grille for bright, high- definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 85 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1280 x 1024 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3623)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3625) IBM P92 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The P92 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 19-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 17.9 inches (456 mm), incorporating a 0.25 - 0.27 mm aperture grille for bright, high-definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 94 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1280 x 1024 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3625)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3626) IBM P202 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The P202 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • 21-inch Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 19.8 inches (503 mm), incorporating a 0.25 - 0.27 mm aperture grille for bright, high-definition images.

  • A maximum horizontal frequency of 107 KHz provides reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels.
  • Attributes provided: Color monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3626)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 25, 2003)

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70Hz.

Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of February 27, 2004)

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3629) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Pearl White, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2002)

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characters:

  • Pearl White Color
  • 17-inch Flat Trinitron(R) CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.

    Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3629)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3630) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Pearl White, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2002)

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characters:

  • Pearl White Color
  • 21-inch Flat Trinitron(R) CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.

    Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.

  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3637) IBM T541H/L150p 15" TFT Color Monitors, Business Black, Captured Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The T541H and the L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color

  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.

  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.

  • Tilt/swivel stand

  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3637)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa)non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-85 degrees; horizontal +/-85 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • For 7026-M80: (#3639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1 )
    • OS level required: None
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#3925)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4 meter cable allows external asynch devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#3926)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4073) Memory Board, 32-position

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a system memory board with positions for thirty two memory DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 32 Position Memory Board
  • Attributes required: Empty Memory Board Slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4073)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4100) 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM (2)

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 1024MB of system memory with two 512MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB system memory
  • Attributes required: 2 Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4100)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of an 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion. Memory features #4100 and #4131 may not be mixed within a set of eight memory DIMMS.

(#4106) 256MB (2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM, Select

  • Attributes provided: 256 MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4106)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#4107) 64MB (2X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

Provides 64MB of system memory with two 32MB SDRAM DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 64MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: 2 empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4107)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of a 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion.

(#4110) 256MB (2X128MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 256MB of system memory with two 128MB SDRAM DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 256MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4110)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of a 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion.

(#4119) 512MB (2X256MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 512MB system memory with two 256MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 512 MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4119)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of a 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion.

(#4131) 1024MB (2X512MB) DIMMs, 200-pin 10NS SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

Provides 1024MB of system memory with two 512MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: 2 Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of a 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion.

(#4133) 1024MB Memory (8 X 128MB DIMMS)

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

Provides 1024MB memory with eight 128MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: Eight Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4134) 2048MB Memory (8 X 256MB DIMMS)

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 2048MB system memory with eight 256MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: Eight Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4134)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4135) 4096MB Memory (8 X 512MB DIMMS)

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 4096MB system memory with eight 512MB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: Eight Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4135)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4136) 8192MB Memory (8 X 1024MB DIMMS)

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

Provides 8GB of system memory with eight 1GB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: Eight Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4137) 2048MB Memory (2 X 1024MB DIMMS)

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

Provides 2 GB of system memory with two 1 GB DIMMS.

  • Attributes provided: 2048 MB System Memory
  • Attributes required: 2 Empty Memory DIMM Positions
  • For 7026-M80: (#4137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: This feature can be ordered only at the time of a 7026-H80 to 7026-M80 model conversion.

(#4238) DDC 15 Pin to 13W3 Display Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

This converter cable attaches displays with a 13W3 connector that either are DDC (Display Data Channel) capable or do not need ID bits to a graphics adapter with a 15-pin D-shell connector.

  • Attributes provided: Connection between display and graphics adapter
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#4238)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4242) 6 Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15 pin D-shell to 15

pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4242)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4353) H-100 Bus 8-position Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 8-position cable should be used when more than four and less than or equal to eight adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. If four or less adapters are interconnected, the H.100 Bus 4-Drop Cable (#2877) should be used.

  • Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
  • Attributes required: Four to eight H.100 adapters
  • For 7026-M80: (#4353)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4958) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software to provide high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as secure data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cyrptographic processes are performed within a tamper proof enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter includes:

  • Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre-and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption.
  • Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing
  • Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification
  • Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards website:

  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to Web site

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

  • http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot

    Note: Maximum of four adapters per I/O drawer.

  • For 7026-M80: (#4958)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX Version 4.3.3 with 4330-05 Recommended Maintenance Package or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: Maximum of four adapters per I/O drawer.

(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 17, 2004)

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4953)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX product CD LCD4-0286-07 and AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-14 or later, AIX 5.1 with AIX product CD LCD4-1061-01 and AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

      Note: Maximum of fourteen adapters per I/O drawer and twenty eight adapters per system.

(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

This 155 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is compatible with:

  • IBM 8285 ATM Workgroup Switch
  • IBM 8260 ATM Subsystem
  • IBM 8282 ATM Concentrator
  • IBM 8281 ATM LAN Bridge
  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX product CD LCD4-0286-07 and AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-14 or later, AIX 5.1 with AIX product CD LCD4-1061-01 and AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

      Note: Maximum of fourteen adapters per I/O drawer and twenty eight adapters per system.

(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half- duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat. 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • For 7026-M80: (#4959)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor.

Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4960)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-13 or later, AIX 5.1 with AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-00 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: Maximum of four adapters per I/O drawer.

(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port. Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated. The IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. But, for high-end systems, where card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the single port IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968) are the preferred solutions. Below are some performance factors to consider when choosing the right adapter for your needs. These performance comparisons are based on all four ports of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) being active.

  • With all four ports under full bandwidth conditions, a single IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to deliver up to three times the comparable performance of a single IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).
  • Under most conditions, each port of the IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter (#4961) is expected to perform at greater than 50% the throughput of the single port of the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II (#4962) or the IBM 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter (#2968).

Note: The resulting performance in your environment compared to the above may vary and depends upon the RS/6000 model, the I/O configuration, and associated workload of your applications.

  • Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4961)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-14 or later, AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: Maximum of ten adapters per I/O drawer and twenty adapters per system.

(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates) and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.

Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification
  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4962)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 28 (Initial order maximum: 28)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX product CD LCD4-0286-07 and AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-14 or later, AIX 5.1 with AIX product CD LCD4-1061-01 and AIX Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 14 adapters per I/O drawer and 28 adapters per system.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both of these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

(#4963) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)

(No Longer Available as of February 8, 2005)

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure Internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  • MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  • Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

As part of this adapter's physical security features, the following events will cause an adapter shutdown and secure data zeroization.

  • Shipping/Storage Temperature less than -15C or greater than 95C
  • Dead Battery (VBAT less than 2.4V)
  • Supply Voltage greater than 3.3V/12V max
  • Mesh Sensor opens/shorts detection
  • X-ray exposure

IBM offers software to enable your use of the coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards Web site:

  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to web site http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4963)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-08 Recommended Maintenance Package or later, AIX 5.1 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: Maximum of 4 adapters per I/O drawer.

(#4964) PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software designed to provide high performance hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cryptographic processes are performed within a tamper resistant enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter includes:

  • Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption.
  • Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing
  • Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data
  • RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification
  • Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Protected data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards.

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#4964)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4 )
    • OS level required: AIX V4.3.3 with 4330-08 Maintenance Package or 5.1 or higher. For Linux informaion, refer to:
      http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
      factsfeatures.html
       
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 4 adapters per I/O drawer

(#5001) Customer Service Specify

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Center for Customer Services (CCS) in Rochester.

  • Attributes provided: Customization
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#5001)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#5005) Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#5005)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#5200) RS64 III, 2-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache 4MB L2/PROC (NOVA-P)

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a 2-way 500MHz SMP processor card with 4MB L2 cache per processor.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Way 500MHz SMP Processor card
  • Attributes required: One Empty Processor Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#5200)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#5203) RS64 III, 4-Way SMP, 500MHz, 4MB L2 Cache

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

This feature provides a 4-way 500MHz SMP processor card with 4MB L2 cache per processor.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Way 500MHz SMP Processor Card
  • Attributes required: One Empty Processor Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#5203)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#5210) RS64 IV, 2-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

This feature provides a 2-way, 750 MHz SMP processor card with 8 MB of L2 cache per processor.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Way, 750 MHz SMP Processor Card
  • Attributes required: One Empty Processor Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#5210)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

(#5213) RS64 IV, 4-Way SMP, 750MHz, 8MB L2 Cache

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a 4-way, 750 MHz SMP processor card with 8 MB of L2 cache per processor.

  • Attributes provided: 4-Way, 750 MHz SMP Processor Card
  • Attributes required: One Empty Processor Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#5213)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

(#5259) Processor Frequency Regulator, 750 MHz

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This regulator provides clocking for 750 MHz processors.

  • Attributes provided: 750 MHz processor regulator
  • Attributes required: Empty processor frequency regulator position
  • For 7026-M80: (#5259)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: One processor frequency regulator is required per system. The base M80 system is always built with a frequency regulator that supports 500 MHz processors. Feature #5259 must be ordered for any M80 system that is upgraded to use 750 MHz processors.

(#5992) System Control and Initialization Cable, 3M

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable connects the CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and the first I/O drawer to provide system control and initialization information.

  • Attributes provided: System Control Cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#5992)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Minimum of one #5992 or #5993 System Control and Initialization Cable per system.

(#5993) System Control and Initialization Cable, 6M

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This cable connects the CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and the first I/O drawer to provide system control and initialization information.

  • Attributes provided: System control cable
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#5993)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #5992 or #5993 System Control and Initialization cable required per system.

(#6006) Power Control Cable, 3M

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6006)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6007) Power Control Cable, 15M

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 7026-M80: (#6007)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6008) Power Control Cable, 6M

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • For 7026-M80: (#6008)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6041) 3-Button Mouse

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

The 3-Button Mouse is a dynamic tracking pointing device which utilizes Opto-mechanical technology. Resolution is 320 DPI. A 2.74 meter (9 ft) attachment cord is included.

  • Attributes provided: Mouse capability
  • Attributes required: 1 Mouse Port
  • For 7026-M80: (#6041)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6132) Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 3M

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a 3M power control cable for use between the CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and the first I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 3M power control cable
  • Attributes required: CEC and first I/O drawer
  • For 7026-M80: (#6132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #6132 or #6136 Power Control cable required per system.

(#6134) 60/150 GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2005)

The 60/150GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive consists of a 5.25-inch half-high, 16-bit tape drive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This tape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 150 GB -- up to 375% increase over the previous 20/40GB 8mm internal tape drive.

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 60 GB Native Mode, 150 GB (typical) Compression Mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch Half-high
  • Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge with Smart Clean Technology
  • Technology: Helical Scan, Rotating Head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 12 MB/Sec. Native Mode, 30 MB/Sec. (typical) Compression M
  • Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit Low Voltage Differential(LVD) / Single-ended (SE) Asynchronous/Synchronous
  • Compatibility: See the following Technical Support Web page (8mm Tape Interchange Information section) for compatability information:
http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/tapewhdr.html
  • Attributes provided: 60/150GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch(41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal 16-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6134)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, AIX 5.1 or later, AIX 5.2 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#6136) Power Control Cable, CEC to Primary I/O Drawer, 6M

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

This feature provides a 6M power control cable for use between the CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and the first I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
  • Attributes required: CEC and first I/O drawer
  • For 7026-M80: (#6136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #6132 or #6136 Power Control Cable required per system.

(#6142) 4GB/8GB 4MM Internal Tape Drive

The 4GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive features up to 8GB (typical) of storage capacity with compression in a 5.25-inch half high bay that attaches via the SCSI interface.

Characteristics:

  • Non-data grade media rejection (will not write on audio grade media)
  • DDS-2 data compression format
  • SCSI-2 command support with single-ended SCSI-2 interface
  • Synchronous and asynchronous SCSI data transfers, Streaming operation
  • 4GB capacity per cartridge, 8GB w/data compression (typical)
  • Data transfer rate: 400KB/sec native, 800KB/sec compressed
  • 5MB/sec SCSI burst rate
  • 5.25-inch half high form factor
  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay and 1 SCSI-1 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6142)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6147) 5GB/10GB 8MM Internal Tape Drive

This feature consists of a 5.25-inch half-high 8mm tape drive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This tape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, effectively doubling capacity and throughput.

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 5.0 GB Native Mode, 10 GB (typical) Compression Mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch Half High
  • Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge
  • Technology: Helical Scan, Rotating Head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 500 KB/Sec. Native Mode 1 MB/Sec. (typical) Compression Mode
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (Single Ended) Asynchronous/Synchronous
  • Compatibility: 2.3GB Mode (R/W), 2.3GB mode with Compression (R); 5GB Mode (R/W), 5GB Compression (R/W)
  • Attributes provided: 8mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: 1 half high media bay AND 1 SCSI-2 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6147)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6156) 20/40GB 16-bit 8mm Internal Tape Drive (Black Bezel)

(No Longer Available as of December 6, 2002)

This feature consists of a 5.25-inch half-high, single-ended, 16-bit tape drive. This drive provides a high capacity tape drive for save/restore and archiving functions. This tape drive uses IBM 8mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB -- a 400% increase over the previous 5/10 GB 8mm internal tape drive. (Black bezel)

Characteristics:

  • Capacity: 20.0 GB Native Mode, 40.0 GB (typical) Compression Mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch Half-high
  • Media: IBM 8mm Data Cartridge
  • Technology: Helical Scan, Rotating Head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MB/Sec. Native Mode, 6MB/Sec. (typical) Compression M
  • Interface: SCSI-2 16-bit (Single-ended) Asynchronous/Synchronous
  • Compatibility: 2.3 GB Mode (Read only), 2.3 GB mode with Compression (Read only), 5 GB Mode (Read only), 5 GB Compression (Read only), 7 GB Mode (Read only), 7 GB Compression (Read only), 20 GB Mode (R/W), 20 GB Compression (R/W).
  • Attributes provided: 8mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch(41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal SE 16-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6156)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6158) 20/40GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

The 20/40 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 16-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 40 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 12/24 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-4 media).

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 20 GB native mode, 40 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-4 data cartridge
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatibility: 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write), 12 GB mode (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write), 20 GB mode (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write)

Note: MES orders are shipped with both a black and a white bezel.

  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal SE 16-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6158)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6159) 12/24GB 4mm Internal Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

The 12/24 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, single-ended 8-bit tape drive, which provides a high capacity for save/restore and achieve functions. This tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 24 GB - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 4/8 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DDS-3 media).

Characteristics

  • Capacity: 12 GB native mode, 24 GB (typical) compression mode
  • Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
  • Media: IBM 4-mm DDS-3 data cartridge
  • Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Data Transfer Rate: 1.1 MBps native mode, 2.2 MBps (typical) compression
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (single ended) asynchronous/synchronous
  • Compatibility: 2 GB mode (Read/Write), 4 GB compression (Read/Write); 4 GB mode (Read/Write), 8 GB compression (Read/Write); 12 GB mode (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)

Note: MES orders are shipped with both a black and a white bezel.

  • Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
  • Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one SCSI-2 internal SE 8-bit address
  • For 7026-M80: (#6159)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 7 (Initial order maximum: 7)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6160) 9-track 1/2" Tape Drawer and PCI SCSI Adapter

The 1/2-inch 9-Track Tape Drive Drawer is a compact, front-loading 1600/6250 bpi tape drive with auto-loading and auto-threading of industry standard 1/2-inch tape reels. It requires a five EIA position in an IBM 7015, 7202 or equivalent Rack.

This feature includes a cable and a PCI SCSI controller.

Characteristics:

  • Capacity (nominal): 160 MB at 6250 bpi, 44 MB at 1600 bpi
  • Media: 1/2 reels (7, 8.5, and 10.5-inches), 2450 foot maximum length.
  • Format/Density: 6250 bpi (GCR) and 1600 bpi (PE)
  • Technology: Read after Write 9-tracks (8-bit plus parity)
  • Operation: Streaming
  • Tape Speed: 123 ips (GCR), 130 ips (PE)
  • Data Transfer Rate: 781 KB/Sec (GCR), 200 KB/Sec (PE)
  • Interface: SCSI-2 (Single Ended) Asynchronous
  • Attributes provided: 1/2 inch tape capability
  • Attributes required: 5 rack EIA units and one PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6160)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6164) Processor Power Regulator, RS64 IV Processors

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a processor power regulator for use with 2-way, 4-way, 6-way, or 8-way SMP configurations which utilize RS64 IV processors.

  • Attributes provided: Processor power regulator
  • Attributes required: One empty processor power regulator position
  • For 7026-M80: (#6164)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later, or AIX 5.1 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES

    Note: One processor power regulator is required per system. This feature (#6164) may be used for 2-way, 4-way, 6-way or 8-way SMP configurations which use RS64 IV processor features #5210 and #5213 only.

(#6196) Processor Power Regulator, 76A

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides a 76A processor power regulator.

  • Attributes provided: 76A processor power regulator
  • Attributes required: One empty processor power regulator position
  • For 7026-M80: (#6196)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One processor power regulator is required per system. This feature (#6196) may be used for 2-way and 4-way SMP implementations only.

(#6197) Processor Power Regulator, 190A

(No Longer Available as of September 22, 2004)

This feature provides a 190A processor power regulator.

  • Attributes provided: 190A processor power regulator
  • Attributes required: One empty processor power regulator position.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6197)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: All systems must include one processor power regulator. This feature (#6197) may be used for 2-way, 4-way, 6-way or 8-way system implementations.

(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) is a 64 bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter provides 2 SCSI channels (busses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external and will support a data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI adapter (80 MBytes per second).

In order to achieve an Ultra3 SCSI bus data rate of up to 160 MBytes per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this Ultra3 160 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems should also be Ultra3 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2 and Ultra3 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry-standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket, allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the SCSI port will auto-throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s max. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching subsystem. The second external port is unaffected unless a SE subsystem is also attached to it. If so, it would also auto-throttle as described above.

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter (#6203) also is a native boot adapter with AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 (with appropriate updates) in the supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6203)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-14 or later, AIX 5.1 with Update CD LCD4-1103-01 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 10 adapters per I/O drawer.

(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

  • Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6204)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 10 adapters per I/O drawer.

(#6205) PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (#6205) is a 64 bit adapter and is an excellent solution for high performance SCSI applications. The PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter provides 2 SCSI channels (busses). Each SCSI bus can either be internal or external and will support a data rate of up to 80 MBytes per second, up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of previous Ultra SCSI adapters (40 MBytes per second).

In order to achieve an Ultra2 SCSI bus data rate of up to 80 MBytes per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. In order to utilize this Ultra2 80 MBytes per second performance, all attaching devices or subsystems must also be Ultra2 LVD devices. If any device is not Ultra2 LVD, the adapter will switch its SCSI bus to single-ended (SE) performance and interface at the lower SE SCSI bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68 pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter.

Note: If any Single Ended (SE) SCSI subsystem is attached to an external port of this adapter, the SCSI ports (both the external port being attached to and its associated or shared internal port) will auto- throttle to a "Fast" interface speed running no faster than 20MB/s max. This auto-throttle function is performed to ensure best signal quality between host adapter and attaching subsystem. The second external port and its associated or shared internal port is unaffected unless a SE subystem is also attached to it. If so, it would also auto-throttle as described above.

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter (#6205). If you are running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, this adapter has native boot support as part of that level of AIX software. If you are running with 4.2.1 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the PCI Dual Channel Ultra2 SCSI Adapter:

  • The designated boot SCSI disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SCSI storage unit.
  • AIX version 4.2.1 must be loaded to the designated SCSI boot disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the SCSI boot disk.
  • The system with a designated SCSI boot disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.
  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the designated SCSI boot disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk drive without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6205)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of 10 adapters per I/O drawer.

(#6225) IBM Advanced SerialRAID Adapter

The Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight- initiator, non-RAID capability, or two-initiator RAID 5 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte SSA Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in both RAID 5 and non-RAID one-initiator applications. The Advanced SerialRAID Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported as part of AIX 4.3.3 or later software. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.

  • A supported AIX version of software (with the proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.

  • The system with the non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.

  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the non-RAID SSA disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

The Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) can be field updated via a code download to obtain enhanced functions as the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230). Go to the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230) description for details of these additional functions, enhancements, and AIX requirements. Refer to the below web site for information to determine how to obtain a download of this code enhancement upgrade. In addition to the code enhancement upgrade, a 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available as a field installable option to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (6225). See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information about this option.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k/index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

LIMITATION: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6225)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6227) Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for PCI Bus

(No Longer Available as of December 3, 2001)

The RS/6000 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for PCI Bus provides a single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop running up to 100MB/s. With the use of optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. Distances of up to 500 meters are supported. When used with the IBM Fibre Channel Storage Hub, distances of up to 10 kilometers are supported. The RS/6000 Gigabit Fibre Channel for PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FCAL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6227)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of eight adapters per I/O drawer.

Fibre Channel boot capability is supported on this system with this adapter provided your system firmware and adapter firmware are at the proper support levels. Systems manufactured prior to November 30, 2001 may require a system and adapter firmware update. Check the following web URL to review and download latest firmware if needed.

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro

Note: Fibre Channel boot also requires AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 at the September, 2001 maintenance level or later along with a disk subsystem on which this boot capability has been qualified.

(#6228) Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6228)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with AIX Update CD LCD4-0995-12 or higher, or APAR IY20367 from FIXDIST at the following URL: http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/rs6k/fixes.html, AIX 5.1 or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Note: Maximum of eight adapters per I/O drawer.

Fibre Channel boot capability is supported on this system with this adapter provided your system firmware and adapter firmware are at the proper support levels. Systems manufactured prior to November 30, 2001 may require a system and adapter firmware update. Check the following web URL to review and download latest firmware if needed.

http://www.austin.ibm.com/support/micro

Note: Fibre Channel boot also requires AIX 4.3.3 or AIX 5.1 at the September, 2001 maintenance level or later along with a disk subsystem on which this boot capability has been qualified.

(#6230) Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight- initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-inititor RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast- write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.

  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.

  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.

  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

A 3-Way Copy Function is available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k/index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

LIMITATION: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • For 7026-M80: (#6230)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of eight adapters per I/O drawer.

(#6231) 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuration, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) with a 32 MB Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) installed
  • For 7026-M80: (#6231)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast- write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (# 6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (# 6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single- initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • For 7026-M80: (#6235)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6283) Redundant AC Power Supply, I/O Drawer, 595W

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides an additional 595 watt AC power supply for an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 595 Watt AC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: Empty AC Power Supply Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#6283)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #6283 I/O drawer redundant power supply is required on all AC powered systems.

(#6284) Redundant AC Power Supply, CEC, 1100W

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This feature provides an additional 1100 watt AC power supply for a CEC (Central Electronic Complex) drawer

  • Attributes provided: 1100W AC CEC Power Supply
  • Attributes required: Empty AC Power Supply Position
  • For 7026-M80: (#6284)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: One #6284 CEC redundant power supply is required on all AC powered systems.

(#6310) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of June 25, 2004)

Provides voice processing for up to four T1 or E1 digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voice channels in a single PCI slot. The voice processing function is provided by Voice Response for AIX LPP. Several network attachment cables are available in support of this adapter and the correct cable should be selected for either T1 or E1networks. (Select from cable features: 2709 (T1,RJ-45), 2710 (E1, RJ-45), 2871/2872 (T1, 100 ohm), 2873/2874 (E1, 120 ohm).

Note: When more than one IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310) is ordered, the Artic960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-drop Cable (#2877) is required.

Note: When a Digital Trunk Quad PCI adapter (#6309) is already present and an IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310) is ordered, an IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, SC Bus, 5-drop Cable (#2878) and IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, Four-H.100 to SC Bus Converter Cable (#2879) are required.

Note: When an IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310) is ordered and an IBM ARTIC960RxD DSP Resource PCI Adapter (#2949) is already present, the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, SC Bus, 5-drop Cable (#2878) and the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, Four-H.100 to SC Bus Converter Cable (#2879) are required.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1/E1 Trunks
  • Attributes required: Available PCI slot, appropriate cables and WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP application software.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6310)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6311) IBM ARTIC960RxF PCI Adapter for RS/6000

(No Longer Available as of June 28, 2002)

The IBM ARTIC960RxF Digital Trunk Resource PCI Adapter (DTRA) is a single slot, long, 32-bit PCI adapter. This adapter is designed to be used in conjunction with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (DTQA)(#6310) and provides additional DSP resources so that voice recognition channels can be supported. These two adapters are designed to be used with the IBM Voice Response for AIX Version 2.2. application but the user may program them to be used for his unique application.

Voice Response for AIX Version 2.2 is an interactive voice response system (IVR) for the AIX operation system with selected IBM RS/6000 systems. Callers can access a wide range of enterprise applications and data using the telephone key pad in response to scripted prompts from the Voice Response IVR. It also provides the base for voice recognition systems enabling a caller to interact using voice instead of buttons on the telephone key pad.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: A single long PCI card
  • Attributes required: A concurrent order or pre-existing ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310) and either an H-100 Bus 4-position Cable (#2877) if total of FC (#6310) and FC (#6311) is less than or equal to 4 or H-100 Bus 8-position Cable (#4353) if total of FC (#6310) and FC (#6311) is more than 4. Two or more adjacent 32-bit or 64-bit PCI bus slots.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6311)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6324) I/O Drawer, Primary, 5EIA

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This is the primary (first) I/O drawer on the system. This drawer incorporates the systems support processor and provides fourteen PCI slots, one 1.44MB diskette drive, and two media bays. This drawer also integrates four serial ports, one parallel port, one 10/100 ethernet port, one SCSI-2 F/W port for internal devices, one integrated ULTRA-2 SCSI port for external attachment, one keyboard port and one mouse port.

  • Attributes provided: Primary (first) I/O drawer
  • Attributes required: 5EIA rack space
  • For 7026-M80: (#6324)
    • Minimum required: 1
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#6325) I/O Drawer, Secondary, AC Power, 5EIA

(No Longer Available as of February 20, 2004)

This secondary I/O provides fourteen PCI slots and two media bays. This I/O drawer operates on AC power.

  • Attributes provided: AC powered secondary I/O drawer
  • Attributes required: 5EIA rack space and AC powered system
  • For 7026-M80: (#6325)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6327) I/O Drawer, Secondary, DC Power, 5EIA

(No Longer Available as of December 27, 2002)

This secondary I/O provides fourteen PCI slots and two media bays. This I/O drawer operates on DC power.

  • Attributes provided: DC powered secondary I/O drawer
  • Attributes required: 5EIA rack space and DC powered system
  • For 7026-M80: (#6327)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6540) Internal IPL Disk Mounting Hardware, Cables, Terminator

(No Longer Available as of December 10, 2004)

This mounting kit allows the installation of up to two SCSI IPL disks in the primary (first) I/O drawer of a system.

  • Attributes provided: IPL Disk Mounting Kit
  • Attributes required: Primary I/O Drawer
  • For 7026-M80: (#6540)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6600) Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6600)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6601) Quiet Touch Keyboard, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6601)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6602) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6602)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6603) Quiet Touch Keyboard, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6603)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6604) Quiet Touch Keyboard, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6604)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6605) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6605)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6606) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6606)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6607) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6607)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6608) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Canadian French, #058

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6608)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6609) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6609)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6610) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6610)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6611) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6611)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6612) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6612)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6613) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Bulgarian, #442

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6613)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6614) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6614)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6616) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6616)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6617) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Dutch, #143

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6617)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6618) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Portuguese, #163

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6618)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6619) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6619)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6620) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6620)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6621) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Hungarian, #208

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6621)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6622) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Icelandic, #197

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6622)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6623) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Polish, #214

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6623)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6624) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Romanian, #446

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6624)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6625) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Slovakian, #245

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6625)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6626) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Czech, #243

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6626)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6627) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #179

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6627)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6628) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Turkish, #440

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6628)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6629) Quiet Touch Keyboard, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6629)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6630) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6630)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6632) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6632)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6633) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6633)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6634) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6634)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6635) Quiet Touch Keyboard, French Canadian, #445

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6635)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6636) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Thailand, #191

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6636)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6638) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6638)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#6639) Quiet Touch Keyboard, Croatian, #105

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6639)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#6640) Quiet Touch Keyboard, US English ISO9995, #103P

(No Longer Available as of March 26, 2004)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, pearl white color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#6640)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#7305) AAPI Software Pre-Install Indicator

Software pre-install indicator for Authorized Assemblers

  • Attributes provided: Software Preinstall
  • Attributes required: Authorized Assembler Order
  • For 7026-M80: (#7305)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8131)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8132)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • For 7026-M80: (#8133)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8135) 64-Port to 128-Port Pin-Out Converter

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

The 64-Port to 128-Port Pin-out Converter allows devices currently s using 16-Port Concentrators (FC 6401 - from 64-port Async Subsystem) to attach to 16-Port RANs (FC 8130/8134/8136). Quantity (4) per order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 device cables using 64-port RJ45 wiring.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8135)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.

As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

  • Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack).
  • Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host.
  • All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management.
  • The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel.
  • Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

  • Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134.
  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet).
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • For 7026-M80: (#8136)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 256 (Initial order maximum: 256)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 - 128-Port Asych Adapter.

(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • For 7026-M80: (#8137)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 256 (Initial order maximum: 256)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of eight per #9944 - 128-Port Asynch Adapter.

(#8138) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port RS-422

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2001)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 RS-422 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Supports the following interface signals: +TxD, +RxD, -TxD, -RxD.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum RS-422 distance of up to 1200 meters (3930 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One (#2944) per eight (#8138s)
  • For 7026-M80: (#8138)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 256 (Initial order maximum: 256)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: Maximum of eight per #2944 - 128 Port Asynch Adapter

(#8396) IBM RS/6000 SP System Attachment Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2003)

This adapter allows the system to be integrated with an IBM RS/6000 SP system and act as an attached SMP server within the SP infrastructure. This feature includes diagnostics and publications.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnect to RS/6000 SP system switch
  • Attributes required: PCI Slot, RS/6000 SP system, interconnection cables, one 10 Mbps Ethernet adapter and IBM Parallel System Support Program for AIX, Version 3.1, or later
  • For 7026-M80: (#8396)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-08 maintenance package or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

    Note: This adapter must be installed in slot #6 of the primary I/O drawer. The cables for switch attachment are ordered on the 9076 SP.

(#8397) SP Switch2 PCI Attachment Adapter

This adpater allows attachment to the SP Switch2. It allows the system to be integrated with an SP system and act as an attached SMP server within the SP infrastructure. It also includes diagnostics and publications.

  • Attributes provided: Interconnection to SP Switch2

  • Attributes required: PCI slot, SP Switch2, interconnection cables, Ethernet Adapter, and IBM Parallel System support programs for AIX.

  • For 7026-M80: (#8397)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 with 4330-09 Maintenance package (APAR IY22024) or later, or AIX 5.1 with 5100-01 Maintenance package (APAR IY21957) or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

      Note: The first #8397 adapter must be installed in slot #5 of the primary I/O drawer. The second #8397 must be installed in slot #3 of the primary I/O drawer with slot #4 remaining empty.

      Note: This adapter requires PSSP version 3.4 with APAR IY24635 or later and PSSP feature #4014.

      Note: MES installations supporting #8396 to #8397 feature conversions require return to IBM of the #8396 adapter being removed.

(#8625) CD-ROM Carry Over Indicator, Model Upgrade ONLY

This feature is included in model upgrade orders to replace the base CD-ROM drive in the original system.

  • Attributes provided: 32X (Max) SCSI-2 CD-ROM Drive
  • Attributes required: Empty media bay position
  • For 7026-M80: (#8625)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#8700) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8700)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8701) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8701)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8702) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8702)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8703) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8704) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8705) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8706) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8706)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8707) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8708) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8709) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8709)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8710) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Belgian/UK-Flemish, #120

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8710)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8711) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8712) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8713) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8713)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8714) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Swiss,French/German, #150f/g

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8716) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8717) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8717)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8718) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8718)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8719) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8720) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8721) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8722) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Icelandic, #197

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, Euro currency key, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8723) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8723)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8724) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Romanian, #446

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8724)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8725) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8725)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8726) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8726)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8727) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8727)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8728) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Turkish, #440

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8728)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8729) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8729)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8730) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8730)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8732) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Serbian-Cyrillic, #118

(No Longer Available as of April 26, 2002)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8732)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8733) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8733)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8734) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8734)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8735) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8735)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8736) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Thailand, #191

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8736)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8738) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8738)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8739) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, Croatian, #105

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8739)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: No

(#8740) Quiet Touch Keyboard - Business Black, US English ISO9995, #103P

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: Quiet and soft-touch key depression, 3-meter keyboard cable, removable wrist rest, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.
  • Attributes required: Supported RS/6000 system with proper AIX operating system installed.
  • For 7026-M80: (#8740)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#8741) 3-Button Mouse - Business Black

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

3-button dynamic tracking pointing device, utilizes opto-mechanical technology, resolution is 320 DPI, 3-meter cable, Business Black color, standard 6-pin mini-DIN connection.

  • Attributes provided: Mouse capability
  • Attributes required: Mouse port
  • For 7026-M80: (#8741)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Monitor
  • For 7026-M80: (#9004)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9083) Base 128MB(4X32MB) DIMMS, 200 pin 10NS SDRAM

  • Attributes provided: Four 32MB DIMMs
  • Attributes required: Four DIMM positions on memory card
  • For 7026-M80: (#9083)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported

(#9172) Power Specify, AC

This feature specifies AC power for the system CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and primary I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: AC power specify
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#9172)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9175) Power Specify, DC

This feature specifies DC power for the system CEC (Central Electronics Complex) and primary I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: DC power specify
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#9175)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9300)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9703)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9704)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#9705)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9707)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9708)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9711)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9712)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9714)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9716)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#9719)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • For 7026-M80: (#9720)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9721)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9722)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial

(#9800) Power Cord Specify - United States/Canada

The following countries use the #9800 power cord to power the system unit and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord.

  • DOM U.S.
  • 649 CANADA
  • 832 SAUDI ARABIA
  • 619 BAHAMAS
  • 621 BARBADOS
  • 627 BERMUDA
  • 629 BOLIVIA
  • 631 BRAZIL
  • 661 COLOMBIA
  • 663 COSTA RICA
  • 681 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
  • 683 ECUADOR
  • 829 EL SALVADOR
  • 731 GUATEMALA
  • 640 GUYANA
  • 735 HONDURAS
  • 759 JAMAICA
  • 781 MEXICO
  • 791 NETHERLANDS ANTILLES
  • 811 PANAMA
  • 843 SURINAM
  • 859 TRINIDAD
  • 871 VENEZUELA
  • 760 JAPAN
  • 761 JAPAN (PDS)
  • 766 KOREA
  • 818 PHILIPPINES
  • 858 TAIWAN
  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9800)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9820) Power Cord Specify - Belgium, Finland, France (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9820)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9821) Power Cord Specify - Denmark (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9821)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9825) Power Cord Specify - United Kingdom (250V, 13A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9825)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9827) Power Cord Specify - Israel (250V, 6-16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9827)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9828) Power Cord Specify - Switzerland (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9828)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9829) Power Cord Specify - South Africa/Pakistan (250V, 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9829)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9830) Power Cord Specify - Italy (250V, 10A and 16A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9830)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9831) Power Cord Specify - Argentina (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9831)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9833) Power Cord Specify - Thailand (250V, 15A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9833)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

(#9834) Power Cord Specify - Uruguay (250V, 10A)

  • Attributes provided: power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • For 7026-M80: (#9834)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
    • OS level required: AIX 4.3.3 or later
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both

Feature Exchanges

Not available.
Back to topBack to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer Replacement Parts

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Machine Elements

None.
Back to topBack to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental Media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X/Open Company Limited.
 © IBM Corporation 2011.
Back to topBack to top